What is expanded consciousness? What is awakening? What is ascension? What is enlightenment? What are the veils of illusion? The Ego bends every effort to quicken vibration. Man’s ego-perception and vision has lately been reduced to a single dimension; he now thinks of his activity as limited to on the surface of the earth. Living in this three-dimensional world, we experience limited understanding and illusionary perceptions of the ego mind. At the fourth chakra, the heart center, one begins the transition from egoistic consciousness to a new mode of being that recognizes and is guided by a far more inclusive center of organization than the ego.

What is expanded consciousness? What is awakening? What is ascension? What is enlightenment? What are the veils of illusion? The Ego bends every effort to quicken vibration. Man’s ego-perception and vision has lately been reduced to a single dimension; he now thinks of his activity as limited to on the surface of the earth. Living in this three-dimensional world, we experience limited understanding and illusionary perceptions of the ego mind. At the fourth chakra, the heart center, one begins the transition from egoistic consciousness to a new mode of being that recognizes and is guided by a far more inclusive center of organization than the ego.

Living in this three-dimensional world, we experience limited understanding and illusionary perceptions of the ego mind.

Although the path is different for everyone, each of us must climb essential steps to reach the next level of growth and awareness. Every step contains valuable lessons and experiences, which are always incorporated into the next level of understanding, so we cannot skip a step. During this journey we will lift the veils of illusion, share ancient wisdom and undergo powerful transformational processes.

Spitual practice and teachings provide useful insights and serve as a guide on your path towards development, growth and enlightenment. This process is unique in that not only is it informative, interactive and experiential, it is also hugely transformational. You will experience personal transformation as you release the patterns of the past and will be left with a clean slate on which you can write your own purpose in your own way. You will experience healing and accelerated growth. You will feel ready and prepared to enter a new era of enlightenment. We are so privileged to live in this unique transitional time in the evolution of humankind. An unparalleled shift in energy and consciousness is affecting our level of awareness dramatically, allowing us to see everything in a whole new light. Many people are now waking up to who they truly are, remembering their true purpose. we are living in a time of mass awakening unlike any other. The changes are happening quickly. The intention of this book is to shed light on the process in the context of this magical time we live in, and to provide guidance and insight that will facilitate your personal and spiritual evolution.

What is expanded consciousness?

Expanding your awareness to include more of what is going on around you. physically, mentally and emotionally. Through expanded consciousness. we bring more and more of the unconscious into conscious awareness; we become aware of the subtle synchronicity in life and the interconnectedness of everything. Through expanded consciousness, the veils of illusion lift and we can see what’s real.

What is awakening?

Waking up to the fact that you are spirit in human experience. Awakening is a shift in consciousness from thinking to (present moment) awareness.

What is ascension?

Raising the consciousness to higher frequencies of energy vibration. It involves drawing down light into the body and raising your energy vibrations to become a higher being of light and energy.

What is enlightenment?

Seeing clearly. For the Buddhist. enlightenment is having wisdom, insight and knowledge in regards to the true nature of things. The ‘light comes on’ and then you are filled with light. To see clearly, we have to see through the illusions. On the journey through this book we aim to lift the veils of illusion so we can see clearly.

What are the veils of illusion?

Illusionary perceptions that veil the true reality from us. Buddha taught that this world is an illusion. Living in this three-dimensional world, we experience limited understanding and illusionary perceptions of the ego mind. The illusionary world of the ego. which is invested in self-importance and protection, is separated by the thinnest of veils from true reality; In the same way, the three-dimensional world is separated from the fourth- and fifth-dimensional worlds by the thinnest of veils. As we awaken and grow in consciousness, we begin to see through the illusions. During this journey we will explore these illusions. Each of the 7 steps will lift another veil of illusion. When a veil is lifted, you will find yourself in a whole new plane of existence, perceiving everything very differently than before. Looking back you will realize how you’ve changed, and this is the magic of transformation.

Forgetting God, man’s vision has lately been reduced to a single dimension; he now thinks of his activity as limited to othe surface of the earth—a plane whereon he moves not up to God, but only to the right or to the left.

So, our normal sense of sight is limited to one octave of light vibrations only, and the instruments we use, the eyes, become distorted to appreciate perspective. This enables us to gather experiences of the three dimensional world in which our present level of consciousness is centred.

You create the world that you know, and project your thoughts outward into physical form. The source of our intuitions, and to our comprehension of reality in larger dimensions than the three- dimensional concept that is so self-limiting. If we have a limited conception of the nature of reality, then our ego will do its best to keep us in the small enclosed area of accepted reality (the reality of the matrix).

To the ego, the views of God are based on falsehood because the ego itself is based on this concept.

The Ego bends every effort to quicken vibration.

Recognizing our ability to grasp our unity with God, with Spirit, is limited by what we have learned and embodied so far.

The education and interaction with three dimensional world have moulded our brain so much that to have the original experience once again, we need to delearn those which are stumbling block in supracortical direction.

It has been taught that you need do nothing. What does this mean? In order to “do” something, the body must be used. When you recognize that you need “do” nothing, your mind affirms that the body has no special value; it is not your true identity. So it should come as no surprise that as people grow spiritually, they begin to dissociate from their body. This is not to suggest you should abuse or neglect it. Your body is an effective communication mechanism, and a delivery system that helps others. Take care of it. Mental discipline, accomplished primarily through prayer and meditation, elevates your level of consciousness—the awareness and perception of your inner Self. Gradually, you become less concerned with ego-driven matters on the level of form. It has been taught that once the body’s value is erased from the mind, so too is the mind released from the value of time. Once released from the value of time, you can retreat to stillness—to “within.” From there, your journey is guided by Spirit. The ego screams, “Don’t just sit there, do something!” But the Holy Spirit suggests, “Don’t just do something, sit there.” Perhaps while sitting there, you will be inspired.

At the fourth chakra, the heart center, one begins the transition from egoistic consciousness to a new mode of being that recognizes and is guided by a far more inclusive center of organization than the ego. In the first three modes of consciousness, one learns to define himself as a distinct being and to function in terms of his limited self-definition. As the ego develops at the third chakra, it helps to lift one out of the elemental fear and impulsiveness that can plague one in the first two modes of consciousness; the unfoldment of the ego enables one to cope in the world. However, the ego itself can become an obstruction to further progress. It stands as a barrier at the threshold of the evolutionary phase of development. When the ego attempts to assert its supremacy, it restricts one from consciously reorganizing around a more comprehensive center.

It is comforting to know that our spiritual growth depends on taking a step in consciousness from a tangible and limited God to an intangible, unlimited Mind. With personal strength and persistence, we can consciously work to embody the attributes of Spirit which allows us to express life more fully. When we take a step in this direction, shift happens. As we get positive results, it means we are digging deeper inside to root out beliefs that create negative experiences. Spiritual practices that help us overcome those beliefs include daily affirmative prayer, spiritual readings, contemplation, and meditation. Daily spiritual practice is the reinforcement for positive change as new cause is set into motion. By recognizing a belief in conscious mind, we take the power of negative thinking away and erase its destructive possibilities. Consistent spiritual practices accumulate positive images and impressions, which, over time, outweigh any leftover residuals of negative thought. We develop the realization of the truth found in metaphysics as, time after time, we prove to ourselves affirmative prayer and living in principle works.

If you meditate on your ideal, you will acquire its nature. If you think of God day and night, you will acquire the nature of God.

As an initiate you can go back to the origin of creation, the source of everything which we call God, the Eternal Light, Divine Providence, Nirvana.

All creatures have a certain purpose, function and sense in creation. Certainly all creatures and beings are very special but the most interesting role is played by humans. Humans are in this way designed that they appear on the lowest level of development like “more or less intelli-gent animals” with the great potential to unfold the divine nature in all virtues and powers. Therefore it is true to speak about the “crown of crea-tion” according to the divine potential of human beings. So and this inner development shows the sense of mankind. Mankind is foreseen to unfold its inner divine nature on the mental plane, on the psychic plane (soul) and also on the material plane.

The core of this sense and process is that humans start in big limitations, with ignorance, with a small and needy ego-consciousness and then over endless incarnations they grow and widen their limits, their knowledge and one day they unfold the divine, unlimited nature, the divine virtues and powers. This is indeed an amazing experience, self-experience, self-awareness.

It means to become a god in a limited body. This is the greatest thing in creation. It is the maximum, the peak of self-awareness.

From this inner sense of mankind the whole “history” becomes logical. At first we were living in the higher realms near to God in pleasant circumstances, a life under divine sunshine. Then the fall into matter started. Step by step we fell from God into the deeper realms of the astral world and at last we incarnated on the material plane, far from God, far from direct experience of God and higher beings.

In the first time here on earth life was magical and people were able to perceive beings from the astral realms like we know from fairy tales and legends but then the worlds were separated and people perceived only the physical plane which has led to the ideology of materialism. This fall into matter has the sense to crystallize the personali-ty of human beings, to become real individuals. Without this fall crystalli-zation would have been impossible. And now as we are crystallized we return to the spiritual realms to unfold our divine nature. So indeed every-thing has to do with development, with natural development.

Ego death is a new connection to the higher self. The goal is to trade up ego identification for realization of the higher self. It is created by the human body not being able to hold the full frequency of the higher self. Then the lower ego-self vibrates slow it can´t access higher levels of consciousness and therefore not vibrating fast enough to be in touch with the spiritual realm and becomes disconnected from its divine nature. Those enslaved by the idea of an ego cannot break free from the stream of birth and death; they have lost their freedom of escape (liberation). One who is enlightened will not fear death. The selfish ego — the Old Adam that dies in the birth of love gives way to the risen Christ who brings life eternal.

When vibrations is raised high enough they become connected to the divine source again, and they reverse the aging process and will live longer. Its lack of higher vibrations the human body becomes old. Higher states of vibrations holds more light within the 12 dna strands and will reverse the aging process. All this work is done through spiritual knowledge and spiritual exercise through yoga and meditation.

We are made for transcendence and endless horizons, but our small ego usually gets in the way until we become aware of its petty preoccupations and eventually seek a deeper truth. It is like mining for a diamond. We must dig deep. So let’s try now to roll away the rock, clear the debris, and get back to mining for our True Self. You will find a diamond.

The True Self and its resurrection are always a threat. In the Resurrection of the Christ Body, we are not talking about the resuscitation of an old thing, but the raising up of what will always appear to be an utterly new thing. Resurrection is not about a man returning to his body, nearly as much as a universal man leading us into a universal future—and doing that by making use of all the past and transforming it (Ephesians 4:15-16).

The raw truth is this: realizing who we really are (infinite being) rather than who we thought we were (limited ego-self), giving up ego. That’s why higher consciousness is termed egoless. Ego death isn’t romantic. It can be devastating and shattering. As death only comes to the lower nature when it is perfected, so ” Death ” stands for the perfected personality which becomes one with the Self. Out of Ego death comes the perfected higher divine self. A sudden awakening that shatters our old ego matrixes can catapult us into higher realities.

Once we let go of ego attachment, we become our own guru and miracle maker. The kingdom of heaven is within us.

Here, then, in all of these different wisdom traditions, the underlying view is that we cannot make any spiritual progress unless we can overcome the selfish ego, which prioritizes its own particular goals and ambitions, for this ego makes it so much harder to connect with the greater reality that we all belong to.

The ego-self with its feelings of dualism is really the biggest obstacle to our spiritual progress, but we can also be grateful for it and for this human experience with it, for we need time with our human selves in order to become aware of our real fulfillment. We just need to keep the ultimate goal in sight and remember that our Self is our true identity, and the bright light of oneness is our goal.

So ego death is the greatest thing that can happen to us because its ideas of separateness, uniqueness, and our being better than our peers can keep us from feeling this shining oneness with each other and with God.

Many, if not most, spiritual seekers and teachers have not yet taken the first step. They have, perhaps, accumulated an astonishing amount of spiritual knowledge; however, their egos are still intact. The ploys of the ego are absolutely astounding. The ego will immediately develop a means by which to appear enlightened, through searching for and collecting more spiritual information. The ego can hoard so much spiritual information that it can bluff almost anyone, including its owner, into believing that it is enlightened. The “enlightened” ego, however, has not even commenced the Undoing; in fact, it has run in the opposite direction by gathering even more beliefs that will later require dismantling!

So beware of the ego’s obsession to keep searching outside for wisdom. Wisdom is revealed through undoing, not through amassing further intellectual information. Taking the first step initiates the unlearning and undoing of the ego. The method is to peel away the layers of self-deception, eventually revealing the truth of who we are. We begin to learn what is really valuable in Truth and what is not by questioning all our beliefs, values, perception, and relationships. This is where we gain our first glimpses of the Universal Order in our lives, and we are urged to trust in the changes that this Universal Intelligence presents. There is no room here for helplessness or feeling a victim; to do so cancels out the opportunity to embrace Trust.

Our deepest self is not an isolate entity, but an awareness in unity with all things, and our movement out of the mind and into awareness reveals this to be true in experience. As you leave behind the ego, or lower self, you lose the familiar sense of acting as an individual against the world, and the world instead becomes part of your actions. This change in seeing occurs because your awareness enables you to live in a holistic or nondual perspective. As you develop your awareness, you find yourself becoming aware of what is presently unconscious. While your true spiritual self is always at One with Spirit, abiding there eternally, you are not aware of it because your awareness is centered in the ego, at a much shallower level of consciousness.

When you detach from your mind-based ego, you simultaneously move away from thinking and into an awareness-based mode of living. Picture awareness as a circle. It begins as a very small circle. The light of awareness is the area inside, and as the circle’s circumference expands, the formerly unconscious material outside the circle enters the field of awareness.

The unknown, or what was formerly dark, gets illuminated as soon as it falls inside that circumference, and you recognize it, in the light of awareness, as part of yourself. Those formerly unconscious parts of your mind can then be integrated into the psyche, rather than resisted. As your circle of awareness expands, you step out of your mind and thereby acquire a clearer and broader view of your thinking processes. As hidden material comes to light, you start to notice connections between different aspects of your mind (desires, beliefs, emotions) that previously were obscure.

Anything from a thought to a material thing can be an object of identification; and once your ego identifies with an object, that object gets incorporated into your sense of who you are: you take it, whether consciously or not, as part of yourself. The problem of unhappiness arises as soon as the ego identifies, and thereby creates the boundaries of the self, setting not-self apart from self. For as soon as you identify a “self,” you must defend its boundaries. The ego has an agenda: it wants both to define its self-identity and to preserve it, and thus it must distinguish what is the self from what isn’t. Its goal is to control its environment in order to clarify and preserve the boundaries of that self, a goal which necessitates desire-satisfaction, or seeking pleasure (desire fulfillment) and avoiding pain (thwarted desire). At a fundamental level of the ego, it’s a simple equation: pleasure affirms the self, while pain threatens it. The greatest fear of the ego is self-dissolution—which is death, or non-existence. The ego is often referred to in spiritual writings as ‘the lower self or ‘the false self because it isn’t who you truly are, despite your identification with the thoughts, desires, and beliefs that constitute it. Ego is a constructed self, while the spiritual (or “higher”) self is your true nature. It is that part of yourself united with Spirit, and it is peaceful, blissful, timeless (or eternal), and unconditionally loving. Your spiritual self has no desires. It is happy as it is, because there is nothing that it isn’t: in being united with Spirit, it is united with all things. It is one with All, so there is nothing outside of itself to desire or resist. It is the clarity of pure seeing: an awareness that knows itself in all things as the eternal self: joy, truth, beauty, and love.

In stark contrast to your deeper spiritual self, which is this infinite and boundless awareness—there is the ego, which by its very nature knows itself as separate from what it is conscious of. It is always aware of being a subject apart from the object of awareness. This subject-object duality is inherent to the ego, so your ego can only know about something: it must always stand apart from what it knows. It is unlike your spiritual self, which knows directly by being what it knows, by self-identity; it is not an isolate subject separate from the object known. The spiritual self, in its union with Spirit, is united with all things; thus it knows all things directly by being them. Knowledge acquired through awareness is not knowledge about, because that type of knowledge posits a division between the knower (you) and the object known. Rather, knowledge by awareness is knowledge by identity: awareness knows directly by being the object known. And awareness is the real self: it is your eternal nature.

Your spiritual self is the light of “knowingness” or awareness. The opposite of light, of course, is darkness, which corresponds to ignorance, or unawareness. It is natural to think that dark and light, as conceptual opposites, have equal reality, and so it may surprise you to know that this isn’t so from the perspective of higher awareness. Only light, or Spirit, has inherent reality. Darkness, the absence of light, does not. Consider your experience of light and dark: dark does not flood or overtake light; rather, it dissolves or disappears when light emerges. Light is a positive, substantive presence; its absence has no intrinsic reality. Spirit—as light, as presence—is the reality, and its absence—the dark of ignorance or evil—has no inherent existence.

Your spiritual self, which is eternally present within you, is infinitely creative, and guarantees surprises along the way. It defies prediction, which worries your ego; it asks you to develop faith that you’ll know where you’re supposed to be when it’s time. Once you develop faith in your awareness as a reliable compass, you don’t need travel bags full of provisions. Nor do you need to keep complicated directions in mind. You can travel lightly, without worries about when and how you’ll arrive at your destination, and enjoy the scenery.

Spirit is infinitely rich: it embraces all possibilities at all times, and we witness only a minuscule number of those possibilities in our world. For the mind, the locus of ego, the past and future consist of a determinate sequence, not a space of open possibilities. But for your spiritual self, the future consists of a series of forking paths, of possibilities much greater than your ego would anticipate or believe.

Until actual events come to pass, a great deal remains possible. To “taste” how the One, its infinite dimensions, intersect our linear temporality, imagine that all possibilities in the present moment are fulfilled in worlds other than ours. To make the illustration vivid, you might imagine that you have other “selves” living out different lives in parallel worlds, or on alternate planes of existence. This kind of thought- experiment is intended to break you out of your ordinary mindset, according to which your choices and possibilities are strictly limited by past performance and by what is deemed realistic. As you increase your awareness, you realize that open possibilities for choice or action are more numerous and influential in their scope than you had thought; and further, that faith in certain possibilities coming to pass can make them manifest.

Spirit cannot be Known by Mind

Our minds, the locus of ego, can only know about things. Mind posits a division between the subject who knows and the object known, but our deepest nature knows by being what it knows. The spiritual self is already at one with all things, so the intuitive knowledge it offers arises from its contact, or identity, with the known.

Spirit (the One) is beyond the minds comprehension in two respects. First, mind cannot experience the One directly because awareness transcends the mind. Second, mind cannot make any absolutely true statements about the Once. Earlier. Trying to define Spirit leads us into paradox. An ostensibly unproblematic claam—that Spirit is infinite —in fact cannot be truly asserted, because any interpretation marks off what a thing is not. In saying what a thing is, you imply what it isn’t, so whenever we name, label or describe, something is always left out. In asserting that Spirit is infinite, we thereby deny its finitude, and the limiting condition of that denial creates the contradiction. Only our deepest nature, awareness itself, can directly experience its union with the One. For the mind, the One remains unknowable.

Spirit, or the One, is the infinite intelligence that creates and sustains all things, and which is our fundamental nature. To know yourself truly is to know the One. But whether you look inward, and see the world in yourself, or look outward, and see yourself as the world, both perspectives will lead you to the One. The sole barrier to the real is the division or duality presupposed by the ego.

While there are many paths to your real self, all of them require you to move beyond your thinking mind, to detach from your ego. However, people are motivated to do this for different reasons. Some have an carnest desire to sec the world as it is, and so are motivated by the prospect of knowledge or wisdom. Others may desire to strengthen their love or compassion for others, which is a heart-centered reason. Others simply desire happiness, or freedom from anxiety or other forms of discontent. Whether you seek your deepest self out of a desire for truth, love, or happiness, all of these desires will lead you to the same place: all will be fulfilled when you discover your true nature.

What you discover, as you deepen your awareness and move beyond the ego, is that your most basic desires are not in conflict. While you might initially suppose that your desire to know the truth conflicts with your desire for happiness, or that desiring happiness conflicts with the desire to deepen compassion, it turns out that these desires are compatible. Our fundamental being is not only happiness and compassion, but the ideal Good of all things: truth, beauty, boundless creativity, and eternity. Your spiritual self is the wellspring.

JUST AS WE HAVE AN “EVERYDAY SELF (the ego-self)” that activates our body and lives life here on Earth, so too we have a “Higher Self” that inhabits the spiritual realm. This Higher Self is the eternal, immaterial part of our being: our divine essence, the seat of our higher consciousness, our spiritual being. It has many names: the self, the spirit, the god-within, the causal self, being just a few. (This can be confusing as the same terminology can cover different parts of our being according to the context and belief system to which it is applied.) Our Higher Self is more than our ego, our individuality. It is another vibratory dimension. It is “higher” because it is the part of our being that is vibrating fast enough to be in touch with the spiritual realm. Through our Higher Self, we are linked to all that is. During

Then the lower ego-self vibrates slow it can´t access higher levels of consciousness and therefore not vibrating fast enough to be in touch with the spiritual realm.

The more we can contact, and embody, our Higher Self, the more we will raise our spiritual awareness, increase our vibratory level, and improve our protection in both the physical and the spiritual realms. This embodying of the Higher Self is important and may be the next evolutionary step for us humans. It means bringing our spiritual being into our physical being, into our life on Earth. For so many people, spiritual development means “transcending” the body—in other words, leaving it behind. While we are on Earth, we are meant to be living a physical life: we would not be here if we did not still have lessons to learn and tasks to do on this plane. When we have completed our lessons and our tasks, our soul and spirit are freed from the physical body to move onto another level of experience. Until this happens, we are not really free to leave the earth plane.

It is possible to develop our contact with our Higher Self through meditation, chanting, ritual and pathworking, etc. But this must be grounded. We must literally embody the Higher Self by being in our body. We strengthen our ties with our physical body, purifying that body so that it can receive the raised vibrations of our spiritual self. We receive those vibra-tions only when we can encompass all the facets of our being: the “dark” as well as the “light,” the unconscious as well as the superconscious. Like the yin and yang, we must have the balance.

We do not embody our Higher Self by running away from the physical side of life into the spiritual. This results in some-one who has, at most, a toehold on earth—a very tenuous link through which the spiritual can manifest. Nor do we embody it by becoming a saccharin sweet “goody-goody” who talks of light and love, and totally represses half of their being. A half which will, inevitably, surface later with great force, tearing them, and anyone around them, asunder in the process. Only when stable and integrated on the physical, emotional/psycho-logical, mental, and spiritual levels of our being can we truly bring our higher spiritual energies into play. However, the more we reach up to our Higher Self, the more we can hear that voice within, and the greater strength we will have.

If we can raise our vibrations to their highest level, then we can reach out to our Higher Self, that part of us that is at its highest vibration.

In same way physical exercise improve a higher oxygen uptake for the whole body systems of cells energy transportions, so does meditation exercise/practice improve a higher uptake of light in the whole body system. Through meditation exercise/practice one is learning and instruction the cells to hold more light or a higher state of vibrations.

The apocalypse that is mention in The Book of Revelation represents a shift not just in from ego to the higher consciousnesss, but an apocalyptic change of vibrations, from low vibrational frequency to a higher frequency, or from fear based frequency to love based frequency.

Through meditation one is able to reverse the process of aging when dna cells is able to hold more light in a higher state of vibrations. It may be from the ego-death one actually can become immortal. Then the ego is more like a concept it is discarded at death, but the higher divine self becomes alive when the ego is discarded, and through meditaion one is able to dissolve the ego and connect to the real higher divine self on Earth.

This represent Christ’s Victory over Death

Death had no victory over him.

Fear of death is a concept created by the ego, fear and ego working together to prevent he higher divine self from awakening in power and strength. Its through meditation one coming closer to the Divine God energy and its powers. Faith is power that come from the divine higher self.

Ego-death symbolize the apocalyptic change in vibrations to a higher state of divine consciousness. Its also symbolize death of the state of duality and birth of the state of Oneness.

At death, the limited “ego” consciousness is discarded; the subconscious becomes conscious; and the superconscious “awakens” from a latent to an active state. The process is reversed during reincarnation. The soul is no longer entrapped in matter. It is free. All that it retains from its sojourn in its earth shell is the total recall of its worldly experiences, now safely stored in its “memory bank”. But only the “conscious” mind has been discarded. The subconscious mind has survived because it neither consists of, nor depends on, matter. It now becomes the conscious mind of the soul, and will continue to function as such until the soul returns into the earth’s dense matter to begin its next life.

Reincarnation, gives us the general picture. The common idea that death is a tragedy is, according to this author, ‘akin to throwing away the potato and glorifying the potato peel’. We have to look at it from a different perspective:

It is far simpler to think of the soul in terms of Telstar. It takes two booster-rockets to free it of gravity and set it in astral orbit. As soon as the rockets fulfill their function, they burn out and fall away, just as the flesh body—the earthly shell of the soul—burns out and falls away in death, to be followed by the expended “ego”, the discarded conscious mind of the earth shell.

The soul is no longer entrapped in matter. It is free. All that it retains from its sojourn in its earth shell is the total recall of its worldly experiences, now safely stored in its “memory bank”. But only the “conscious” mind has been discarded. The subconscious mind has survived because it neither consists of, nor depends on, matter. It now becomes the conscious mind of the soul, and will continue to function as such until the soul returns into the earth’s dense matter to begin its next life.

Meanwhile, the superconscious mind assumes the functions relinquished by the subconscious mind, and the soul is now articulate as it could never be on earth. The “ecstasy” that certain Saints achieve is probably akin to a momentary recap-turing of the exhilaration the soul enjoys at this level of existence. When the time comes for the soul to return to earth and assume its next body, the process is quite simply reversed. The conscious mind returns to the subconscious level, and the subconscious mind returns to the superconscious level, where it sub-sides back into a womb-like sanctuary in the flesh body. It neither seeks nor desires emotional association with the pursuits of the subconscious mind and the new-born conscious mind, as they accustom themselves to their new ego. … The “new born” conscious mind, then, can never be older in age than the new body which is temporarily housing it. The new-born’s accumulated store of wisdom, its caution and its intuitive appraisal of both itself and its fellow men all lie at the subconscious level. Thus the only friend and counsellor to which it can turn is its own subconscious mind. Moreover, it can only make this contact while asleep in the “dream state”, or by the enlightened process of meditation. Here, by dint of self-discipline, it trains itself to sit and listen for the “still small voice of conscience.

At death, the limited “ego” consciousness is discarded; the subconscious becomes conscious; and the superconscious “awakens” from a latent to an active state. The process is reversed during reincarnation.

But even this is not the end ; for there are higher powers of consciousness beyond mind which await their turn and must have their act in the great play.

Above us are higher ranges which are to our inferior nature an unseizable superconscience. This nescience of Matter is a veiled , an involved or a somnambulist consciousness which contains all the latent powers of the Spirit

Indeed, this is what Wilson meant when he said that the ‘first man to learn the secret of the control of consciousness will be the first true man, wholly in possession of the new dimension of freedom’. Not only that, he will become the superman; man in his entire potential.

Similarly to Watson and Vallee he presents a theory of a ‘metalanguage’, which has been described elsewhere as a requirement: ‘… for any evolving system, a pattern that can help to illuminate man’s destiny in the universe and instruct the process of individual and social transformation.

We are, quite literally, within two minds regarding our cosmological picture. For it is in these elevated states of mind, as in moments of Faculty X, and other forms of `relational consciousness’, that we are capable of grappling with these ‘higher order’ incursions into our lives. Furthermore, this directly relates to our perception of meaning in our everyday lives, for we remain, to an extent, limited within the lower rungs of the hierarchical structure of consciousness.

And at the lower levels, of course, meaning itself becomes more diffuse, less relational and resultantly two-dimensional and relative—that is, without any qualitatively higher' orlower’ aspect. These various levels of consciousness, which Wilson called the ‘ladder of selves’, enable us to see a direct correlation between the diffuse and `meaningless’ states of consciousness in contrast to the integrated sense of related meanings. Indeed, with each ascent of the ladder’, a degree of integration occurs in the psyche which enables a comprehension of the interrelated nature of reality, and, therefore, the underlying sense of purpose and meaning of existence. Understanding this, of course, provides an essential reason for increasing our consciousness, for it enables us to see lower states as more disconnected from the truth than the higher states and, furthermore, that the intentional nature of consciousness in itself implies to what degree objective meaning is grasped and integrated.

It is impossible to study a system of the universe without studying man. At the same time it is impossible to study man without studying the universe. Man is an image of the world. He was created by the same laws which created the whole of the world. By knowing and understanding himself he will know and understand the whole world, all the laws that create and govern the world. And at the same time by studying the world and the laws that govern the world he will learn and understand the laws that govern him. In this connection some laws are understood and assimilated more easily by studying the objective world, while man can only understand other laws by studying himself The study of the world and the study of man must therefore run in parallel, one helping the other. -In Search of the Miraculous

The only true security in life is a belief, knowingness, and understanding of GOD and GOD’s Laws.

If we can infuse awareness into the unconscious zone, our whole life will be transformed from that very moment.

If we are in the subconscious level, the moment we choose, we will move to a conscious level. If we are at a conscious level, the moment we choose, we will move to the level of the superconscious.

This is the ultimate technique, not only for spiritual progress, even to live life happily; this is the master key. Anybody, not only spiritual masters, anybody who is on this planet Earth, any intelligent man, any person with wisdom who happened on this planet Earth, if we see his teachings, if we read his words either directly or indirectly, he will be saying the same thing: infuse consciousness into your decision-making zone. Infusing awareness into the unconscious zone is the ultimate teaching. Neither can anything more be said, nor anything be removed from this teaching. All meditation, all spirituality, all techniques, are nothing but this one sentence: infusing awareness into our unconscious zone. That is the mysterious zone in which our decisions are made. If we can infuse a little bit of awareness, that is enough; we are already spiritual. We are becoming Buddha.

Coherent thought activity (increase brain wave coherence) may be associated with other psychic events. The key principle is that coherent consciousness may display properties that go beyond ordinary waking consciousness. We as human consciousness evolve towards higher potential a greater acceptance of the principle of vibrational medicine and the hidden holographic universe.

Then the ego represents duality and low vibrational frequencies and beacuse ego and duality can´t exist in high levels of vibrations and Oneness the ego prevent raising vibrations to higher levels of consciousness and therefore prevent universal or spiritual knowledge to be activated and this is the 2 dna strand reality and three dimensional world of matter. To be able to progress from the three dimensional world to higher dimensions one need to switch consciousness from ego to the real self.

The revolution in consciousness and healing assist us in understanding the concept of humans as multidimensional beings and in comprehending the evolution of consciousness through states of illness and health. So it is up to us to apply our human potential and wake up to our consciousness towards developing a new hope and approach of healing the body, mind, and also spirit, our true nature our spiritual higher self. Superconsciousness is soul that exists beyond body and mind. It is the soul that gives birth to the mind and the body.

The soul can be viewed without dimension through consciousness, time, and space. When we expand the ordinary mind, until it impinges on the superconscious mind, we are able to feel God’s presence. Our spirit is the conscious force that is life itself. We incarnate to the physical world to evolve our souls and taking ideas from spirit within and interpreting those ideas as form and experience in the material world. Time and age exists in the physical world but in the spiritual world, it is timeless.

When it comes to evolve the soul there is no age and no limits, therefore, you can progress to another dimensions. But in time, the lower vibration of soul in the dense physical body became conscious of only the third-dimensional world.

The seat of that awareness is within and the seeker cannot find it as an object outside him. That seat is bliss and is the core of all beings. Hence it is called the Heart … If the diversity [of the mind] is not manifest it remains in its own essence, its original state, and that is the Heart … To remain as one’s Self is to enter the Heart … Find the source of thoughts. Then you will abide in the ever-present inmost Self

Our heart is the key connection to True Source—our heart is the one that can connect us humans with the Creator because the physical part ofus is only flesh and blood that will become dust at the end of this physical life. It is our true selfthat resides within our heart—a spark ofthe the True Source—that can communicate with True Source, not any other parts of us.

“When you dive deep into this infinite bliss of the Lord, which is above and beyond the senses, you never again wander from the innermost Truth. The goal and the means for reaching the goal become one and the same; life itself becomes a meditation.

The conscious mind is often obstructive, The Superconscious, or Higher Mind is still latent in Earth’s humanity, We are all living in degrees of slavery, in this way. Many are afraid of thinking independently as a result of the conditioning received by tradition and dogma. Mass consciousness creates a predictable mind that is conditioned by fear and control, Then the ego want´s control everything it creates a predictable lifestyle. To be able to progress one need to break free from mass consciousness and make one own independent soul journey to th the levels of consciouness. The ego want to be in charge of the world and therefore using a strategy to make everything so predictable and controlled as possible. The ego represent duality and because ego can´t access higher levels of Consciousness of Oneness. The ego can´t handle higher concepts outside the concept of duality and is controlled by making it predictable.

We are now at the dawn of a new era, which will flower with the maturing of the 6th sub-race, in which the seed for the 6th Root-Race will be developed (Intuition).

The Conscious mind is a tool of the Freewill, in contrast to The Higher Self as representing the monad. Nevertheless, it serves that unit of consciousness in man. In the population at large it is used in varying degrees, and by some it may be said, very little apparently, exhibiting a behaviour which is more automatic in character controlled by impulse and desire in a predictable way.

This enables modern influences to manipulate and control public opinion, and is remarkably effective through the press and television. The most effective way would necessitate the implantation of a chip which would ensure compliance.

The conscious mind is often obstructive, especially in the exclusively pragmatic so that the imagination and the ability to consider ideas beyond the sensorial are inhibited. That is what is meant by the quotation: “Until the faculty of the intuition is better developed, the very principle of manes forms a barrier to its understanding.”

In the evolution of man’s mind there have been three stages of development. These occurred in the 3rd, 4th and 5th root races. The next two stages will not be reached until the 6th and 7th rounds in a higher state of consciousness. At present we are only a little way past the halfway mark of this, the 4th round (ref. Globes, races and rounds, as in relation to Gaia). The majority on Earth are of the 4th root race.

The Superconscious, or Higher Mind is still latent in Earth’s humanity, with the exception of cercai n highly evolved members such as Adepts of Yoga, and the occasional rare Natural Mystic. It requires a higher level of the “mindstur we have come to call manas. All we have is an inadequate description of its function and powers from those who have deigned to make the attempt on attaining that level, language being woefully lacking in this respect.

It appears that it is the part of mind, which is actually a vehicle of the Soul, assimilation with it brings an end to freewill. At that stage, the individual identifies with its Group Consciousness, has command of the psychic faculties and can reach Cosmic Consciousness. There is a mode of communication between the superconscious mind and the conscious mind by way of the subconscious, all being available to the higher conscious.

We use the power of mind when we create. By this we use our imagination as it is our creative faculty, even as the Mind of the Absolute behind all Creation creates in response to Will and Intent. In the microcosm man, it is subject to the will and intent of the individual monad, but the higher mind to which that applies is not being heard, because the conscious mind rebels at the prospect of sublimation and assimilation into the higher mind. There are methods of training which allow the mind, when fully concentrated and pin-pointed, to achieve that which would seem impossible. This faculty is misnamed willpower, although the will behind the mind is the promoting Factor, and is increased in potency by such exercises.

In the realms of elevated consciousness, as in the Adepts and Masters of Yoga, the power of the mind is tremendous. This becomes further realised in the case of the Cosmic Masters such as Jesus, and allows the performance of miracles and the direct control of matter with apparent ease. The highest intelligences of the planets of this solar system are able to split their consciousness into numerous parts, and create bodies suitable for any environment simultaneously, each united in complete consciousness.

The Cosmos is a Manifestation of Thought, as conceived in the Mind of The Absolute, perfect and complete in timeless abstraction but imperfect in the manifestation of the evolutionary process. In the view of some, this suggests that it is an elaborately controlled system of chaos. A miniature example of this is the weather.

The nature of thought in relation to man’s mind is somewhat analogous, as it produces thought forms on a certain level of ether, the careless results of which have produced a morass of undesirable thought forms in the mind belt around the Earth, and indirectly is responsible for chaotic conditions generally.

There is power in concentrated thought and is greatly enhanced by group cooperation, and can be used to transmit healing energy. The Adepts can use their minds to produce a thought form, and send it forth imbued with a sort of life to scout remote areas and situations, reabsorbing it afterwards.

The energy of manas which forms our minds comes from the 5th Cosmic plane and constitutes the 5th Principle.

That energy of the Superconscious mind relates to the 6th Cosmic plane, which is that of the Christ, and is only concerned with unselfish impersonal love and service. It is the realm of the Soul.

“WILL’ is the presumed intent behind all Mind, and is often forgotten in works on the Mind. There is an element of this in all levels of existence, reflecting the Will of The Absolute, and associated with what we call Freewill. There is not much to say about this, and not much in the literature which confuses it with mind. Perhaps it is because WILL is an aspect of the monad.

We are all living in degrees of slavery, in this way. Many are afraid of thinking independently as a result of the conditioning received by tradition and dogma. Mass consciousness creates a predictable mind that is conditioned by fear and control. The fear becomes the fear be excluded from the lower collective mass consciousness of the ego. Then the ego want´s control everything it creates a predictable lifestyle. To be able to progress one need to break free from mass consciousness and make one own independent soul journey to th the levels of consciouness.

The pressures of life impose an implacable routine of ritualistic behaviour. For most, every day is the same, apart from minor differences. We are actually prisoners in a life of regularity, to the extent that we have been referred to as organic robots.

There is only True Freedom when Freewill is recognised as not really free, it will be abandoned eventually, although the sense of individuality will remain; but, by then, you will be enjoying Soul Consciousness.

Then the ego has become god of this world and want´s control everybody and everthing by making everything ritualistic and robotized through the predictibale component it also evoloves a hostility to higher vibrations, intuition and spiritual knowledge. Its creates a closed mind and closed world and this closed world is the Matrix and this is the mind prison the soul and spark of life is trapped within.

The ego want to be in charge of the world and therefore using a strategy to make everything so predictable and controlled as possible. The ego represent duality and because ego can´t access higher levels of Consciousness of Oneness it creates a world that separates higher knowledge of the universe and the higher divine self. In higher levels of consciousness the ego will be dissolved and to protect itself from this process is creates a predictable lifestyle there nobody can´t spiritually progress. So the ego must create a world where the low vibrational frequency rules the world through fear. The closed mind of the ego and the matrix can´t get new information into the system and raising the inner needed vibrations. Then the ego is mass consciousness the masses will exlude them who is trying to change the inner slumbering state of the ego-mind.

The closed mind makes it more difficult to consider new information whether in the ordinary course of things, through reading or more personal contact. The result is its total rejection as foreign and incompatible. It may be just uncomfortable, or heretical and so threatening cherished beliefs. The result is total rejection and ridicule, and sometimes downright hostility.

The notion that our minds are in three tiers of development, Subconscious, Conscious and the Higher Conscious has been dealt with in some detail in earlier chapters. It should be remembered that the pathway of ideas from the higher mind to the conscious mind is by the subconscious.

Soul is the divine spark of life created out of the Holy Spirit, the essence of God, placed in a human form to become you. Soul incarnates with a blueprint of its new life—destiny. However, because of free will, destiny can be altered if you’re inclined to move spiritually forward in the journey of life. One of the blessings God granted Soul is free will, the inborn right of each Soul. Soul is the creative center of its own world, given free rein to make choices to follow the negative or positive way of life. We have the opportunity as residents of this earth to have countless possibilities of making the right choice as well as numerous possibilities of making the wrong choice. You know that a changed consciousness comes about by making either of these choices. So why not opt to choose to raise your consciousness to improve your spiritual awareness by using this free will factor to make positive choices? A lower level of awareness has one viewing life as a pessimist, whereas an expanded level of awareness enables us to view life with optimism.

“Pessimism leads to weakness and optimism leads to power.” There is but one cause of human failure. And that is man’s lack offaith in his true Self. “There is much in the world to make us afraid. There is much more in our faith to make us unafraid.” Satan clouds the human mind. While Satan blinds the human mind, God illumines the heart, which is the wellspring of life. As in God is liberty, so in Satan is bondage. As God seeks. to lead us into liberty, so Satan seeks to lead us into bondage. The crucifixion of the lower-self and the rising of the inner Christ within you. And it comes as an individual experience. Satan clouds the human mind. While Satan blinds the human mind, God illumines the heart, which is the wellspring of life (Prov 4:23). Satan using fear in same way God using Faith.

There is but one cause of human failure. And that is man’s lack offaith in his true Self. There is great power in believing in your Self. When you are aware of the Light of God living as a spark within your soul, you are able to do great things. If the mind does not believe in itself and sees only the weaknesses that exist within, then it is difficult to fulfill your destiny. You can be very limited if you underestimate the power of who you are.

You can achieve the power to reach your destiny and live in the Light of who you truly are. When you embrace the path that leads you to that commitment, your life will change. You gain a purpose and have a source of energy that takes you to places beyond your dreams. You feel good, because you feel God. It is necessary to believe in the power within, to believe in yourself and in God. Confidence comes when you act upon your strength within to accomplish what you need to do. When you have confidence in yourself, it does not mean you are being egotistical. It is egotistical to not believe that the power of God can work through you, for it is the spirit that works through you to accomplish great things.

Do not disconnect from your true potential and the great power of who you are. Tap into the Light and use it for good. If you have fear of failure, you will create failure. When you know that you can succeed, you will succeed. This is the key of understanding how Faith works.

Satan defrauds and manipulates us to accept something that is the opposite of what Holy Spirit would have us do, often using other people that we love and respect to do his bidding, to persuade and sway us in the wrong direction. Holy Spirit is standing by with a watchful eye, vying for our attention. Holy Spirit waits to enter into your consciousness, to make you aware of this enticement of the ruler of negativity—Satan. If the inner link to the divine connection isn’t strong enough, it can be broken. The sway of indecision knocks us off course, and we fall into the trap set by Satan.

Each Soul is on a mission, an assignment. We were born to learn how to become our spiritual best, to develop self-discipline needed to acquire the awareness to distinguish the proper guidance directives from the Holy Spirit, ignoring the prompts of Satan and ultimately turning our backs on the negative force most of the time.

It is understandable that if all of the accumulate lessons were remembered, it would be too much to accept and deal with. There is hope, because all of this previously obtained wisdom is accessible. To break through the cloak of amnesia, to reveal the hidden truth—the spiritual reality of life—is to be open to the divine connection. Only what we need to know for our spiritual survival in this lifetime is revealed at the proper time; it’s up to us to be open and receptive to this helpful truth. The Holy Spirit, the voice of God, speaks to us in numerous ways. Each of us has a unique way in which we recognize the contact of the Holy Spirit, our personal lifeline to the inaccessible truth—our spiritual reality. Become cognizant that life is a spiritual journey, the journey of Soul. Understand how Soul, the higher self, tries to convey insight to the human consciousness. Be ever mindful that life becomes more manageable and enjoyable when you observe life from the viewpoint of Soul.

Progression of the soul in its earthly life signifies progression in the celestial, or spirit-life, where it will purify itself of the earth-scars in the span of the ages recognized as unrecorded time, because it is spiritual. As the mind of man cannot rise to any natural knowledge of God except by discursive reasoning from first principles on the works of God, that is, by the argument from effects to the first cause, so the purely spiritual being cannot rise above his.

There is a spark of the divine in every mortal, which has relation to consciousness of the mind.

We cannot rise above ourselves unless a superior power raise us. However much, then, the steps of our interior progress may be well-ordered, we can do nothing unless divine aid support us. This divine aid is at hand for all who seek it. For regardless of how well the interior steps are ordered, nothing happens unless divine assistance accompanies [us].

In today´s world the ego has become the God and ego is not God.

The human ego acts as an obstacle to the realization of God and must be attenuated before union with Divine Reality can take place. .

The establishment of the ego decided the separation between the physical realm of energy systems and the energy of Creation. The ego is the false perception of unconsciousness. The ego distorts the truth of reality. All that is known throughout the mass of collective energy has been created by ego. The mass of collective energy is a phenomenon based on a false reality belief system. The false reality belief system is everything that is known within the context of civilization. The false reality belief system strengthens the development of the ego. The goal of civilization shifted from being an entity that was once interested in following the path of the energy of Creation to now being an entity that only wants to please the ego.

The ego has become the “God” of the collective awareness among energy systems within the mass of collective energy. The dividing factor of separation from spiritual energy and God’s energy was when the ego entered and took over the unconsciousness of the energy system. As long as the ego remains in control of the energy system, the truth of knowing God is inhibited. Spiritual energy and God’s energy must converge to allow total connection to the higher levels of consciousness. The ego suppresses spirituality and God’s energy, thereby, disconnecting the energy system from believing in anything greater than itself. All errors of civilization are a result of the ego. Earth is a mysterious world that cannot truly be explained. The purpose and the meaning behind Earth is something that will always baffle those who inhabit it. Over the years, civilization has solidified into the matrix of Earth and has now become the guiding force of life.

The ego has been in control of the direction and progression of civilization, which formed the false reality belief system. The false reality belief system is a manifestation of the ego. Energy systems have been following the false reality belief system for thousands of years. This belief system is based on a collection of illusions that were perceived, reflected, and projected by energy systems throughout the history of Earth. This belief system is so deeply embedded into the collective unconsciousness that it is everything that we experience on Earth, we know of nothing else. It has become and will remain to always be our “true” reality system. The development of the sound script integration system (language) would forever change the perceptions of the mass of collective energy. The sound script integration system has reinforced the strength of the ego, and allows the ego to dominate the false reality belief system.

The ego produces blinded perceptions that distort the truth of knowing who and what we truly are. As long as the ego is in total control of cognition, the Self cannot see anything beyond. The ego is total separation from spiritual and God’s energy. True spiritual energy and God’s energy cannot exist in the presence of the ego. The ego feeds off unconsciousness. The ego wants total control of the Self and will project illusions that blind and defend against true consciousness. Remaining in an unconscious state of cognition pacifies the ego. Breaking out of the unconscious state through an awakening is a major threat to the ego. Becoming awakened signifies that a shift in consciousness is occurring. Waking up from the unconscious sleep usually indicates that spiritual energy is trying to merge with God’s energy.

When the two forces converge, the ego is then eliminated. When spiritual energy and God’s energy merge into one, higher consciousness is unleashed revealing all of the truth behind the illusions of the false reality belief system. The mass of collective energy is like a giant bubble that harbors only the thoughts of the ego. The energy derived from the mass of collective energy is directly linked to the energy of the ego. Energy systems are trapped in a blind unconsciousness, within the mass of collective energy that forms unconscious thinking as the primary way of life. The ego doesn’t like change or to feel threatened in anyway. Thinking beyond anything that has not been embedded in the stream of consciousness through rote cycling is considered to go against the ego.

Thoughts, beliefs, and/or sound script integration that goes beyond what the ego knows is a serious threat. All threats are usually attacked either by verbal sound script rebuttal, or by actual physical punishment. There have been numerous attempts throughout history where awakened energy systems that have tried to penetrate the blind control of the unconscious state of the ego. Each time the awakened spirit was persecuted and destroyed. The ego of civilization doesn’t like to be challenged by ideas or concepts that cannot be physically proven. The ego must have physical evidence of any belief or concept that goes beyond the scope of general reason.

The ego is content knowing that everything within the false reality belief system is real, and that everything that is outside the false reality belief system is not real. This produces an effect known as, paradoxical delusional unconsciousness. Paradoxical delusional unconsciousness is when the false reality becomes the true reality, and the true reality of God’s energy becomes the false reality. The mass of collective energy is a manifestation of the ego. Fear, anxiety, anger, hate, depression, cynicism, and negativity are all innate emotions that are influenced by the ego. To be a pan of the mass of collective energy, energy systems have to develop a “thick skin.” Getting out of bed and going to school or work can often times be very difficult. Even though it is not always easy to go into the mass of collective energy we have to in order to survive. Energy systems will develop anxiety and fear at the transitional point of the day; waking up and taking on the responsibility of living within the mass of collective energy.

The ego is in a constant struggle of wanting to be pleased and comfortable against wanting to work. The mass of collective energy is a relentless convoluted mix of energy systems that all operate in different intellectual frequencies, consciousness levels, and belief systems, governed by the ego.

A conscious awakening must occur for an energy system to let go of their ego and to see beyond the illusions. Illusions are smokescreens of consciousness. The false reality belief system is the grand illusion. The mass of collective energy is the reflection of the false reality belief system. The false reality belief system is built upon all the errors of the ego. The ego is weak and vulnerable and in constant need of protecting itself. Errors are ways for the ego to hide and protect itself through the adversity of life. Errors reinforce the perceptions of illusions. Illusions are distractions from the truth. The false reality belief system within the mass of collective energy is built upon the illusions of the ego.

The ego likes to be in total control. Ego based energy systems are separated from God’s energy and are considered their own God.

Being in control is a great need for the ego based energy system. Being in control is the ego’s protective mechanism for resolving its insecurity and vulnerability. The ego based energy system has chosen to be separate from God’s energy and therefore must rely on its own stream of consciousness for guidance and the answers during life on Earth. They are limited in consciousness and must deal with the reflections of the physical world through their own perceptions. Since the ego is only a temporary phenomenon that occurs in the mind of a physical energy system, it begins and ends on Earth.

Underdeveloped cognitive energy systems lack the intestinal fortitude to withstand harsh projections that come from the mass of collective energy. The ego craves being in control. If, through cognitive development the ego doesn’t achieve control or stability, insecurity develops. The ego is then weakened by the projections and reflections of itself causing perceptions of fear and withdrawal. An insecure ego based energy system lives their life in constant fear of failing or doing things wrong, and have an insatiable need for achieving approval from others.

Where is the Path going? The highest goal is union with God, the Divine Omnipresent Consciousness. There are various stages and plateaus along the pathway to higher conscious awareness, and realization of Self. The stepping up of our physical vibratory frequencies will also include the reactivation of dormant DNA strands thus enabling a more conscious absorption of the higher spectrum of light. A new root race. The next Root Race will be built, not on the effects of the extinction in the majority of form, but rather the acceleration of consciousness of all life in its totality. For us this means moving from the age of reason to the age of intuition. This is the movemnet from 5 sense reality to the sixth sense reality. This is the purpose of liberation of the soul and its destiny of self-realization as divine being.

The physical universe is part of the Creators purpose for His Soul Personalities. Man cannot comprehend infinity in its entirety. The physical mind is not capable of understanding infinity other than something that is beyond the concept of a beginning and ending. When we do, we run into a beginning in our mind. There cannot be a beginning if there never was one, for eternity cannot have one.

Man is present in a system of constant change, and that is a finite system, with a beginning and end. This is what he sees in the world, except for those who will hope, and plan for, an infinite everlasting system of expression. It is difficult to visualize what it is like to be in an infinite system. while you are in a world of a beginning and ending that you experience every day. Try to comprehend in your mind what eternity is like. Where You will find the word “beginning”, constantly popping up in your mind. So if something has always been, it can have no beginning, and therefore have no end. Just always being eternal, a hard concept to wrestle with.

A ‘Root Race’ is a long period of time in which consciousness and form develop to attain a certain level of being; a chapter in the evolution of creation. In previous Root Races, within the changing environments of the time, adaptation and diversification of form was necessary in order for survival and evolution to take place. The extinction, or the ending of the timelines of various species, followed as a result of their inability to adapt and follow nature’s new mandate. This has happened over and over again throughout Earth’s history. The genetic blueprints of those forms that survived seeded the next era and so on. The next Root Race will be built, not on the effects of the extinction in the majority of form, but rather the acceleration of consciousness of all life in its totality. For us this means moving from the age of reason to the age of intuition.

The stepping up of our physical vibratory frequencies will also include the reactivation of dormant DNA strands thus enabling a more conscious absorption of the higher spectrum of light and facilitating an enhanced level of sensory perception and awareness.

Part of the physical changes which we will manifest will be an ability to withstand a higher level of high frequency light, holding it within the cellular structures of our bodies. This will be due to changes in the spiritual make-up, those aspects that hold our cell structures together. New, light encoded will allow more light to be contained inside us.

Then ego is based or a design concept of duality it can´t access higher levels of consciousness of Oneness. Therefore the ego can´t understand other concepts than physical three dimensional world, and then the ego is using fear to control it stimulates low vibrational frequencies, and cells can´t hold light and information in a low vibrational state of mind.

The soul or spark of life is not awaken in current state and is kept trapped within the low vibrational state of mind or trapped within matter. The purpose is to release the soul from the matrix.

The true purpose of yoga postures and other yoga practices is to awaken and harmonize the inner source of energy, and direct it toward the higher brain centres, to expand one’s awareness and consciousness of God.

There is another level of Divine consciousness that exists beyond gender of any kind, even beyond identifying with God or Goddess. It is a consciousness that exists at the very heart of creation. That ultimate reality has no name, and no form, because it is the energy of pure consciousness. The Mysteries refer to that pure consciousness as The Power and Frequency of Love because all consciousness is made up of sound. “What? Sound? Beyond God or Goddess?”

The presence of the Goddess links us to the Heart and The Power of Love. The presence of God links us to the Mind and to The Power of Knowledge. The Power and Frequency of Love is the Universal Language of Sound linking the Heart and Mind and all of creation in perfect vibrational resonance with each other. The Power and Frequency of Love, once activated, has the power to connect us to an experience of essence that dissolves all fears and territorial boundaries and makes possible our unity with One Universal Consciousness.

“There is much in the world to make us afraid. There is much more in our faith to make us unafraid.”

The ego is the first layer of human consciousness and is the mass consciousness.

We think of slavery in the physical sense readily, but the worst form of slavery is not the slavery of the physical body. The worst form of enslavement is the enslavement of the soul. By overcoming these first three chakras, you enter “the heart of the yogi” (the sacred heart) which is the place of unconditional Love. Satan clouds the human mind. While Satan blinds the human mind, God illumines the heart, which is the wellspring of life. As in God is liberty, so in Satan is bondage. As God seeks. to lead us into liberty, so Satan seeks to lead us into bondage. The crucifixion of the lower-self and the rising of the inner Christ within you. And it comes as an individual experience. Satan clouds the human mind. While Satan blinds the human mind, God illumines the heart, which is the wellspring of life (Prov 4:23).

The ruling forces of this worls is Satan and forces of maya. Satan is the ultra ego. The ego has become the god of this world and the ruler of this world is Satan. So the ego´s goal is to keep the spark of life and soul captivated and imprisoned within the lower matrix of the archons, and God´s goal is to liberate from these clutches.

Satan using fear in same way God using Faith.

Where is the Path going?

The highest goal is union with God, the Divine Omnipresent Consciousness. There are various stages and plateaus along the pathway to higher conscious awareness, and realization of Self. The individual soul usually determines the time spent on these pla-teaus or stages, though there is a Divine impulsion that once knowingly activated by the individual consciousness will keep pushing one toward higher and higher levels of Truth and Realization.

Ultimately, one is after identification with the Divine Om-nipresent Consciousness, as well as attaining the knowledge of being a Spirit, with power over Nature, and Self. Many philoso-phers, esotericists, metaphysicians, etc., have all done their best to separate the Self from the physical body and mind, and gain this identification with the highest possible consciousness. As the say-ing goes, the idea is to have the realization that one is indeed spirit having a human experience, and not a human having spiritual ex-periences.

In this quest to identify with Spirit, there are many grada-tions of awareness. While some people are comfortable with a small intellectual understanding of the concept, others will fmd anything less than an absolute knowing of who they really are quite inadequate.

Once you realize that the consciousness is not the body, you will have realizations as to the eternal nature of consciousness, and the illumination of who you really are. You will see that death is an illusion, just as all the great teachers in history have expounded.

If you so choose, you will no longer sleep in the traditional sense of the word. The physical body will be rested, while the awareness and consciousness are eternally present. In other words, you will retain your consciousness even though your physical body is asleep. The Truth and The Path will become of utmost impor-tance in life. Everything else in the world becomes secondary to being in touch with the Divine Presence.

In the experience of the author, the leaps in consciousness toward the goal of Divine Truth and Knowledge have been has-tened by Meditation and Yoga. There are many types of yoga that are explained more in depth in subsequent chapters. Yoga literally means “divine union with God”. As expressed earlier, to seek the Divine is to live the highest Truth in life. Even Jesus said, “Seek ye first the kingdom of heaven, everything else will be added there-unto.” Additionally, Ramakrishna once said, “First, get the knowledge of God, and then go play in God’s playground”.

One can easily see examples of people who have spent many lives and much energy dedicated to achieving great success, fame, or other such material endeavors. Bow often has one seen someone spend all available time and energy of this life to achieve “the kingdom of heaven” that is within?

‘The Kingdom of Heaven is upon you, is within you: But you must realize this. You must let your con-sciousness expand and your awareness develop. We are already in the sphere of God’s grace because the Spirit has been sent into our hearts. But because we have been created in the image of God we are called to self-awareness. We ourselves must become aware of what Jesus has achieved for us. We must realize the persons we already are. This is the purpose of our meditation to lead us to a full awareness of who we are, where we are, to stop hovering in the realms of eternal postponement. We must touch down in the concrete reality of the present moment where our divine splen-dour is revealed. We must become still. We have to learn how to pay attention steadily and continuously to the reality of our being in the here and now.

Another important aspect of our union with Christ is not only that we are in union with Him, but also that He is in union with us.

Another aspect of our union with Christ is that it empowers us supernaturally. This step up from the natural psychic to Godly empowerment takes place through the baptism of the Holy Spirit in which Christ imparts the paranormal endowments listed in 1 Corinthians 12 to the new creation born at salvation. That aspect of the divine that we share with Him acts as a conduit for His power. We literally become conductors of His divine energy issued through us for His purposes. Those purposes are very clearly stated by the nature of the nine spiritual gifts and can be summed up as His desire to demonstrate His love by supernatural intervention through us so that He is glorified.

To remedy this, a bridge had to be created that would re-unite humanity with God. A way back to the original state of creation had to be offered to all those willing to travel back to God. In other words, both the spirit universe and the physical universe had to be reconciled and integrated in a way that, at a minimum, would allow a relationship with God to be restored. Man’s supernatural abilities had to be returned to their primary purpose which is to interact with God. How do you put together two universes that have separated? Well, as

You need a bridge to span across the differences between each universe. What was needed was a physical and spiritual bridge that produced a pathway through which both universes can unite. Since we are talking about the role of humanity in both universes, the bridge must be both human as well as supernatural in nature. In other words, the bridge must be a human representative who corrects the offense against God that caused the split in the first place. Jesus Christ came to be that representative for us. He came to heal the wound and bring forgiveness for the original offense. He did that by dying on the cross for our rebellion.

Then He rose from the dead to restore the promise of integration of both the spirit and physical universes. He also sent to us the Holy Spirit to take our natural abilities and transform them into spiritual gifts used to bless others. The physical acts of the crucifixion and resurrection had an immense impact on the spirit universe. In fact, the function of hell changed because now it became a depository for those who reject heaven. Heaven became a bona fide destination for those who accept Christ and reject hell. These two spirit worlds became integrated with the physical universe as destinations in the afterlife as determined by faith in Christ. This integration means that now hypersensitives can safely interact with the spirit universe through the empowering and guidance of the Holy Spirit.

Without the protection and guidance of the Holy Spirit, the negative results of such an interaction such as bondage, torment, suffering, depression, fear, and terror do not take place. There is safety when the Holy Spirit collaborates with the hypersensitive. Now, really for the first time since the Garden of Eden, humankind can have unrestricted, unconf used, and unlimited communication with God. Not only communication, but also emotional, mental, and persistent daily interaction with God is possible.

The electronic pattern of the individualized God consciousness is energized in man through the individualized Christ conscious-ness. This blueprint, as we have said, is the magnet whereby man draws unto himself the resources of God’s energy available to all. But in order to become the powerful magnet for Good that God in-tends him to be, man must also master the art of expanding the forcefield of his mind in ever widening concentric rings. He must train the energies of his consciousness to flow outward in infinite circles from the center of his individual awareness to the periphery of his God Self-awareness, thence to return to the point of identity within. As a small boy throws a pebble into a pond with complete abandon, man must be willing to throw himself into the sea of God’s Being. Immersed in the energies of light, life and love, he feels his consciousness ripple in ever expanding waves, taking in more and more of the consciousness of God until the waves are no more, the sea is still, the merger is complete: God and man are one.

If the reader will pause to experiment with this exercise, he will find that at first it is not easy to expand his mind in all directions. This is because man’s physical eyes do not have peripheral vision. Not so with consciousness, which expands in all directions at once; for consciousness is that part of man that is limited neither by the physical senses nor by time, space, body form or circumstance. It is free to come and go at will; but if it is to remain flexible, it must be exercised. If man would reach for the stars and gather immortelles from Elysian fields, he must begin by expanding the concentric rings of his awareness, each day taking in a little more of the world he sees into his microcosmic circle; and by and by he will find that it is not difficult to meditate upon the stars and to allow his consciousness to take flight and probe the Infinite. Just as the devotee has mas-tered the going-out phase of his meditation, he must also learn the art of going within. He must be able to reverse the process and draw into the epicenter of his being all that he has realized through the expansion of the rings of his conscious awareness.

Wherever man’s consciousness flows, it retains the stamp of its identity pattern; and all that it breathes in of the universal essence of God’s consciousness coalesces around that pattern to widen the borders of his individuality. As man expands his consciousness, God expands his infinite awareness of himself through man; thus God the Father and God the Son enhance the flow of macrocosmic energies to all parts of life evolving within the macrocosmic sea. The key to success in this experiment is to release unto God the entire forcefield of the circle of consciousness you have expanded.

With initial rises in consciousness, the desire to achieve knowledge and wisdom on the mental level may evidence itself. First, it must be said that wisdom and knowledge are infinite in any direction. Any direction, profession, study, and subject chosen can be followed indefinitely, as it will continue to always open up new avenues of discovery. However, for a traveler on The Path, who has the desire and ability to open the mind to what the yogis call the superconsciousness, and the Divine Omnipresence, “book-learning” will quickly lose its appeal, due to the ability to access whatever information one desires from the ever present strata of consciousness which contains all thoughts, actions, etc., of every living creature in this world, and beyond. This ability will not be the rational, linear process of mental thinking, but rather a self-luminous turning of the attention upon whatever one wishes to know.

We are all destined to be a part of this new subtle system and so any first step marks the beginning of the journey. . A full complement of active DNA strands would result in a radically altered central nervous system and cellular chemistry, enabling a much greater synthesis of light. In other words, we would be consciously connected to light streams through an advanced physical and subtle energy body. This original thought contains within it all possibilities and because of this every time the thought expanded itself, it expanded itself into a new possibility. New possibilities came about as thoughts place energy into motion by creating a vibrational rhythm pattern from the energy. The more you are self-aware, the more your creative possibilities expand and the more your creations become what are empowered with your own divinity or your own spirituality.

The imprint for the Sixth Root Race, in terms of the development of the human energy system, is going to last for a very long time relative to our physical life spans. We will, therefore, build in each successive life on the cumulative progresses that we make. During each, our physical DNA strands, of which there are many that currently lay dormant, will be increasingly utilised again, resulting in a more complete functioning of the human body. A full complement of active DNA strands would result in a radically altered central nervous system and cellular chemistry, enabling a much greater synthesis of light. In other words, we would be consciously connected to light streams through an advanced physical and subtle energy body. We would be in constant communion with creation and able to decipher light through our consciousness.

It is not, however, the loss of the self, which cannot be lost so long as the organism exists. It is only because the ideologies of Egoic being have conflated Ego with the self, that we fail to recognize soul as the transformation of the self.

Freedom is a universal desire throughout the world. The motivations and influences upon our freewill drive the direction in our lives. Where does the motivation to make the combat transformation principles a way of life come from? What is the source of your motivation to learn, train, practice and apply the combat transformation principles daily? Your motivation may come from understanding that you have an ego which is the belief you are separate from your soul’s totality. It is important to understand how the ego deals with the pain of combat to better understand how this affects your motivation to heal by applying the combat transformation principles.

The ego copes with the pain of combat, living with the loss of its full potential—living with the pain because it knows no other choice. Pain is the resistance to the experience. The ego is validated by pain. Its very existence is kept alive by pain because without pain there is no entrapment or fear. When there is fear the ego needs to run your existence. Pain is the reason for the ego’s existence. Pain is what gives the ego the power to make you believe the experiences you have is who you are, which is not so.

The pain is what keeps you attached; it is only the pain. The ego constantly has to be fed, as it is an illusion that needs sustaining energy because it is not a creation of true divine reality of your soul, which has access to unlimited creative power. The ego is an illusion, it is not real. You believe the ego is real and the only way it can be validated is by pain. Most of humanity is too busy being safe to know and apply the wisdom that they posses a spiritual choice to heal the creations of conflict and pain with Divine Love.

The combat transformation principles are the story of applying the rich innate transforming divinity in the colt of your life. It is the motivation of your soul that will empower you to walk the road of enlightenment towards the healing of the source of conflict and war within you.

The archons who rules the world triggers emotions and thoights of negatvity, inducing stress, using fear to create control, triggering and sensitizing the mind with worries, panic, phobias, and terrors of the mind. Through this they can control the spiritual progress from evolving and keep them in the state of duality.

In the universal order pain is not generally experienced by the creation. It is generally only experienced in reality systems that are controlled by the archons, in order to control, manipulate and render powerless those whose energies they feed off because they have lost their connection to the universal exchange energy system.

Archons uisng pain to control humankind on Earth in one form or another, and none is immune to it. The archons have done this by disconnecting all other soul beings here from Source, and wiping out their eternal divine memory of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Instead, they have connected us to cellular memory that limits our remembrance of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Most people consider that memory is contained in the brain, or central processing unit. This is not true here on earth. Memory is stored in the cells of our physical bodies. Only short term memory (a few minutes) is stored in the Hippocampus in the brain. It is called the cellular memory. Pain comes from our cellular memories stored in our bodies.

Because pain is located in our cellular memory, we easily feel it, and experience it, because it is stored as memory in our cellular structure, that is why anesthetics work. When the cellular form is deadened no pain is experienced.

Over time, our cellular bodies are ‘loaded’ with pain memories, and so we begin a process of avoiding pain, and the whole societal and social structure here is designed to avoid pain, i.e. a re-occurrence of previous pain. That is understandable and also sensible, unless one understands that it doesn’t have to be that way. It works this way. Once we are thoroughly indoctrinated with the notion of pain we avoid pain, and feel it before it has actually occurred.

Pain resides in our cellular memory and we can feel it before it occurs or our bodies are subject to any kind of damage. Most of us can remember some pain or other from our past, and don’t know where that memory comes from, how it is stored in the cells of our bodies, why we try to avoid a re-occurrence of it, and why it is there.

Fear here is largely the avoidance of previously stored pain and the memory of it. That is how the archons have captured, captivated and controlled us like sheep. We exist, mainly to avoid pain.

Understanding that all species here are similarly afflicted by pain, and that our pain sometimes causes us to inflict pain on other soul beings, as we do, may provide us with the basis for overcoming pain. Pain is essentially a memory that is carried in our cellular bodies, so that we can feel the pain and recall the memory, even if we are not under any duress or affliction. We all remember some pain or other, and we spend most of our lives, and doings, avoiding that emotion and the memory of that pain.

Pain is the system of imprisonment here. The pain body and system here was specifically designed to control us, and to keep us subjugated and imprisoned in a system and a prison with no bars, and of our own making. This is done by building a memory base stored in the cells in our bodies that ‘punishes’ us when we don’t conform to their system of control, and we feel ‘pain’, when we don’t conform.

It’s a bit like being in a prison with electrified iron barriers, and if we try to get out of the prison we are given a shock. That is the role that pain has in the archon system.

The archon system is designed to keep us enthralled in their system and ignorant of how the universe actually works.

They don’t want us to know this information, because if we did, we would walk through the prison bars and free ourselves from the prison.

Our fear is manipulated. heightened. and eventually harvested. This tactic also promotes fear waves of bioenergy to halt, or obstruct, the energetic evolutionary impulse of humankind. We are being sold short not only on who we are but also on what we can become. As a consequence, we are selling our future(s) short and not only for ourselves but also for the new generations to come These are indeed critical limes: crucial change is upon us and is moving over the face of the Earth. Humanity will be forced into change, and how we deal with it will be a measure of our maturity as a species. Energy will be made available to us at the same time that many existing structures will be collapsing around us. And during this tussle and shuffle there will be an all-out struggle for our minds. What will we choose to think? How will we choose to engage our consciousness? When will we stop being herded like dumb cattle through artificial and unnatural perceptive and cognitive systems?

To understand the essence of divine love it helps if we explore several deeper concepts of spirituality and how we view reality. The seven aspects that give an understanding of divine love will be discussed briefly in this chapter. These aspects are merely words that have only the power you give to them. My experiences have shown my mind did not believe these concepts until I proved them to my mind. Proof for me came from years of meditation and searching deep within my soul. This led to experiences that proved to me the truth and power of these aspects. The seven aspects are:

I. God/Spirit

  1. Soul
  2. Sacred Void
  3. Energy
  4. Vibration
  5. Thoughts
  6. Ego
  7. God/Spirit You began as spirit. Other names for spirit have been God or universal source. Spirit has universal intelligence which has the potential for creation, yet intelligence alone cannot create. Something must move within the intelligence to bring about the creation. The movement is awareness. Intelligence became aware, and as intelligence became aware, intelligence began to think. As intelligence began to think, so creation began. Spirit is intelligence that began to become aware of itself, that began a thinking process. Some believe this is how we began. You came from an intelligence that became aware that had thought processes. Every thought spun off an individualized expression.

Now, think of the individualized expression as a field of intelligence containing all of the potential of the creator, but not yet having an awareness of itself. Humanity became intelligence that was not aware of ourselves, but we were spirit. We had all the potential and all of the possibilities of the creator, the spirit that allows us to be born, to come forth. In these various billions of unified fields with every thought a new field was created. Within these fields of unified intelligence, it lay barren for eons of time. From intelligent spirit came thought. Each thought was a potential. Intelligent spirit continued the thought process, and then there was silence. You had all these unified fields of expression, these billions of fields of spirit, but all became silent. The spirit that created became silent and the expressions lay silent.

They lay dormant because the expression, the field, the God, the spirit that thought and created these unified fields awaited for them to awaken unto themselves. For eons humanity as spirit lay silent. All of created power knew only silence. As eons and eons passed what was going to allow the awareness to come forth in these billions of unified fields? Something must spawn that awareness for it was not happening. From that awareness, sound went forth from the hub of Spirit. Sound moved upon billions of unified fields of expression. In those unified fields of expression, that sound began to stir awareness. Sound is more than you think it maybe. The mind has a very narrow range and understanding of sound. If your physical body can hear it or feel it vibrate, you know it to be sound. Sound was vibration moving upon its creation.

Many of the fields of unified expression began to vibrate in response. Not all, but many. As they vibrated in response an awareness began to take place, an awareness of vibration. The intelligence began to come forth because the awareness realized there was an intelligence. From that intelligence, from that awareness and from that vibration each one of these pools of unified expression began the creation process. Many of those creation processes have been much older in time, as you think of time, then your universe. Our universe is fairly new. It is not an old universe. Our level of understanding has not reached the totality of our potential. There are many expressions of creations that exist that you do not have a conscious awareness, nor do they consciously know of you, but they have existed for eons of time. Out of one of these pools of unified intelligence began to spawn a creation that continued to create. As they continued to create, those creations began to find their way into an existence.

An existence means that you exist with an awareness of intelligence, and we don’t mean intelligence by your test standards, but it’s an awareness of a thought process. It was the thought process that began to give a form to existence. Existence just existed, but it did not have definition. As intelligence became aware and as the vibrational rhythm patterns stirred and as creation began there was existence, but there was not a definition, and this is spirit and you are a part of that. You began in one of these unified fields of expression. As the thought process, as the awareness of intelligence began to meld and you were able to have thought processes, those thought processes were very complex and yet very singular in nature.

The complexity of thinking was not difficult because there was harmony and there was singular intent and purpose, and no thoughts collided with another thought. There was total harmony from this unified field of expression. As that unified field of expression went forth, every thought process created. That creation became individualized, and from those individualized creations began to become a soul. You have stepped down from an eon of unified thought processes and then you began to have more individualized creations and from them came a soul. If in meditation you expand your consciousness beyond your mind, your subconscious mind, and your perceptions, there lies within the knowing of your soul’s consciousness that the essence of God exists in all things.

God exists within you and all your creations. The God essence of universal intelligence became self aware and set thought in motion. The original thought exists within every thought that takes place after that. This original thought continues to have its creative power in the next thought and the next thought. If this were not true you could not reproduce. You could not physically reproduce and you could not have collective consciousness.

The original God essence of universal intelligence becoming self aware has expanded and expanded but has always contained the seed of original thought. This original thought contains within it all possibilities and because of this every time the thought expanded itself, it expanded itself into a new possibility. New possibilities came about as thoughts place energy into motion by creating a vibrational rhythm pattern from the energy. This shall continue to be. This creative process has no beginning and it has no end. It only exists so long as you think it exists. It exists because it is conscious thought and conscious thought is God.

  1. Soul The soul can be seen as a unique individualized intelligence, aware of its intelligence, and having creative abilities. In the beginning the soul is part of the unified field of Spirit that begins to leave the harmony of unification and oneness. For a very long time souls still chose to create in harmony. Souls began to create from the energy, or the vibration from the energy that was most comfortable, and would give them the greatest ability to express in the way their thought processes desired to express. This was done in many universes, many dimensions, and many awarenesses. Where did you come from in this spirit process? How did you get from a soul that had thoughts, intelligence, awareness, and creative ability, to where you are today?

There was a very special gift given to one unified field, and to only one. To that unified field, divine spirit gave unlimited freewill with unlimited creative ability. It was an intelligent awareness that had a thought process that spun off all of these billions of fields, but to only one was the thought process fully extended without any limitations whatsoever. That was to be God’s supreme expression that would fellowship, unite, reunite with total recognition with its understanding, awareness, and intelligence to walk equally with creative source. Other creations, other unified fields all had great beauty and great potential. Just as you might have a blue sea, a red sea, a mineral or a tree, so they had beauty within their limitation of expression.

Billions of fields of thought, many universes, and many expressions exist but with limitation. One universe is without limitation. One with total freewill and total creative ability, and that’s where you came from. That is what this universe is. Are you special? Are you unique? Yes, you certainly are. You are to realize the greatness of your soul. As you began to leave that into your own individualized soul expression, there had to be components that came together in order to have enough thought formation to create what you desired. From the energy streams that went out from that unified field there began to develop what you know as male and female principle or creative process. This is the way our souls chose to do it. It is the way our thought process chose to have our creative abilities. The female essence is the un-manifested energy thought process and the male essence is what brings about the manifestation of the thought.

We forgot the harmony, the spirit, and our souls. We believed we were the components of physical. You believed that if you had a heart and it stopped beating, your physical could no longer exist. You come to believe in the limitation of your own creation and because of that you no longer remember how to be unlimited. We are no less today then when we began. You began as spirit. None of that has been taken from you. You are every bit of the intelligence awareness with the capability of thought created process as you were eons and eons ago. What is so unique about humanity and the human soul is the fact that you could forget. It’s so unique that your creative ability is so beautiful and encompasses so much that it’s even possible for you to bury deep within you who you are.

You as spirit, expressing in your individualized manner of a soul, creating what is both tangible and non-tangible, believing primarily in your tangible, have come to create a limited understanding of your possibilities. What is this body mind connection? How did you create physical? How does your mind affect it today? What sustains it? What holds you together anyway? How does this spirit, this unlimited spirit that you are, how is it contained in that physical body? That takes a tremendous amount of your energy within itself. What is this body/mind you have created?

How does it exist, how does it express, and how can you bring in back into harmony with a total of all that you are. Physical is beautiful. You created a beautiful playground. It is a resort but you have forgotten how to play. We have forgotten that we are the creator. We have forgotten that we have unlimited ability. We have forgotten that struggle is our worst enemy. We keep creating the struggle. There is a benefit to moving from struggle to recognizing as you flow, you move with the smoothness of your creative process because struggle ties knots into your own vibrational energy. These knots make it extremely difficult for the energy of creation to flow through. You began as spirit; you are spirit; you shall always be spirit. As that recognition comes again to you, you will begin again to function as spirit. You will not function in this limitation that you believe is you, but you will function in the vastness of your spirit. You have all of the software. You have the latest computer within you and speed of light connection through your intuition.

When the physical became this self-contained belief system and that is what it was, a belief system within itself, so it began to lose the idea that it was connected to all other creations. It began to forget that there was no separation in the creative process. Creation as a whole is total and encompasses all that is. Everything that exists is one and you are a part of that one. The physical that you know is a part of the whole. You are one tiny little element of your state of consciousness. As you now begin to expand your awareness, you begin to expand into higher and more diverse states of consciousness.

The challenge when attempting to define consciousness is by defining it you already limit what it is because the vastness of consciousness is beyond the understanding of the analytical mind. Let’s explore the history of consciousness from its creation to today. As God or Universal Creativity became self-aware and thought, it contained all possibilities. It was pure consciousness. As that thought went forward, it created in its greatest purity and many unified fields of consciousness came into existence. Some of those unified fields have become self-aware and many have never become self-aware of their own existence. Those that have become self-aware projected outward a thought, but the moment consciousness projects a thought it believes it is the thought, and that is the beginning of limitation.

So if you are projecting the thought that you are this physical, human being, a consciousness expressing in this body that is a very limited view of consciousness. Whatever consciousness thinks it is, believes it is, that is all that it knows itself to be. If you think of consciousness in a totality of trillions upon trillions of unlimited, infinite, possible expressions but it only expresses a hundred of those, it only has a hundred thoughts of what it projects outward, it never knows that it is all the other possibilities, for it has defined itself by its own projections. That is what your consciousness continually does. That is why your creativity is also limited. Because as you project thought that is what consciousness believes itself to be and is totally unaware that it has other possibilities.

For the moment you define consciousness you have already limited its possibility. Then, when you attempt to have the unlimited creativity, you create from that limited projection because that is all consciousness believes it can be or do. Consciousness in its purest form contains every possibility. It has no limitation.

So, consciousness in its purest form has no limitation and can create things that have not yet been created in any universe as soon as it projects it outward. Now, sometimes consciousness, as it projects outward and it believes this is what it is, and hem’s a consciousness that projects and says this is what I am and then these two identities of consciousness cross paths; if there is compatibility, they unite and their creations may become broader, or there is conflict because they have a conflict of what they feel is required for their existence. And, that is how your separation and conflict comes about. So, it is all consciousness. Why is that so important? Because you race in every direction searching for a return to your totality, to your self-awareness, and yet, there is a limitation because the consciousness that projected you forward has a limited concept of what it is.

The ego has become the god of this world and the ego represents limitation of the mind.

How Humanity Began to Create Illusion

As physical became more and more aware of physical, but less aware of other dimensions, you began to feel that you were separate. In that separation you began to create your illusion. It is not that physical is the illusion. Physical is a creation. Your illusion is that it is a separate existence. There is no empty space between you and the person next to you. There is a vibration of energy of life force that goes between the two of you that goes through all of creation. Even in that connection of life forces there are forms of intelligent consciousness that occupy the empty spaces that also are involved in the totality of creative process. Creation is what is. Intelligence is what motivates to create. Self-aware says you know how. It offers the opportunity, the possibilities.

The more you are self-aware, the more your creative possibilities expand and the more your creations become what are empowered with your own divinity or your own spirituality. As your soul began to express in an individualized state of consciousness, it contained all that the Creator contained. All possibilities. This is the reasoning behind the concept that God is you. You are God. God is within you.

God is simply self-aware intelligent consciousness that contains all possibilities. The word ‘love’, God is love. When you know you are all possibility, there is not a feeling of fear, there is no harm that either comes to you or that you feel necessarily to inflict upon another. There is no intent to diminish your picture of a loving God, for that is what God is. But you recognize that as long as you feel that God is a force outside of yourself that is perfect and all-powerful, that somehow you may be able to bring into your existence, then you feel helpless. If you feel helpless, you feel fear. If you feel fear then you believe in the illusion rather than the reality.

It was never intended that you would separate yourself from your knowledge, understanding and your truth of reality but somewhere in the physical existence you did this.

You began to think of physical as the Creator. The physical was the director. The physical became the dictator. You forgot you are the creator. A creation cannot exist if the creator does not exist. The creation cannot be sustained without the power of the creator. You may say, “Now, wait a minute, if something is created and it contains all the possibilities and something happens to the creator why can’t it stand alone?” It cannot stand alone simply because if something can happen to the creator then it can happen to the creation. The creation will become a creator as existence continues to expand. As a creation becomes self-aware, it becomes a creator of other creations and so the creative process will always be.

Fear and illusion are synonymous. Fear has no reality whatsoever. Fear is that component of the illusion that says you can be destroyed somehow, or you can be harm or you can experience pain which is perceived to be all very real to the ego. The large part of the illusion lies in who you believe you are. In the perceptions of many lifetimes you believe you have a physical body that can be destroyed or can be hurt. You believe that you can be controlled. You believe that you can control others. There are a lot of beliefs that you have. Now, these beliefs say that you are in danger, and so the beliefs d say you are in danger translates to fear. Fear started expressing through emotions. Now fear began to express itself emotionally in many ways as the ego reacted to its perception of its experiences. Fear reacts in the emotion of happiness.

The illusion is the ego’s limited belief of who you are. The illusion is that little tiny pie-shape of your total consciousness, when reality is the totality of who you are. If you knew your reality, you would have no reason for fear, because there would not be anything that would take place that would create the reactions that you are having in this limited state of illusion. “Fear and illusion” versus “Divine Love and Reality”. Fear expresses as an emotion, a part of the ego system, a belief system of this limited part of your knowing of your consciousness. Fear expresses as the ego belief you are separated from your soul’s

“Fear and illusion” versus “Divine Love and Reality”. Fear expresses as an emotion, a part of the ego system, a belief system of this limited part of your knowing of your consciousness. Fear expresses as the ego belief you are separated from your soul’s totality, and therefore you do not know you create your own reality, which leads to perceiving your physical existence can be harmed or destroyed. Divine Love and Reality is an awareness of the totality of who you are, and with that awareness you know you cannot be harmed or destroyed.

Falling from Grace

Humanity long ago ‘fell from grace’, or the self-aware state of your beingness, into physical survival. You have become frightened for your physical survival, the physical survival of your planet, as well as the physical survival of other species and life forms on your planet. You fear the survival of cultures and indeed, of your very own self. Because of those fears you have created social structures in the attempt to retain a degree of safety. More and more you have separated yourself from your own spiritual power and your own spiritual awareness. You have become dependent upon the illusion to provide you with what you already are, and it cannot. You believe that somehow your social structures, your defense mechanisms, all the things you believe will keep you safe will protect you and they cannot. They have no power. All they can do is keep you imprisoned within the illusion.

And therefore you do not know you create your own reality, which leads to perceiving your physical existence can be harmed or destroyed. Divine Love and Reality is an awareness of the totality of who you are, and with that awareness you know you cannot be harmed or destroyed.

Where do you look? What is the answer? The only answer is for you to again become totally self-aware, expressing the spiritually loving being of consciousness that you are. You are a point of consciousness in existence. You are total and complete. You have everything within this state of consciousness to be all possibilities. First decide you are that. Second decide it is safe to trust that. You have to come to the point of saying,

  1. Sacred Void There is a concept called Sacred Void which uses those two words to go beyond pre-conceived ideas of what is spirit. Sacred Void is the divinity, it is the all-that-is, it is the origination point, and it is everything that is that returns to the origination point.
  2. Energy – The Divine Material of Creations Energy is the first creation that comes forth from Sacred Void that the mind can begin to process. Energy is the very first materialization from Sacred Void, and has all of the properties of Sacred Void. It is a very real, active, and energized. intelligence that has many properties and has an unlimited capability of formation along with limitless possibilities. Energy does not have a shape or form, nor is it a word that tries to convey the unseen protons and quarks discovered by scientists. Energy will always take a shape and a form. It will never just be. It is a universal form.

The properties of universal energy that come first from the Sacred Void are fairly virgin in whatever shape or form they may take. It’s almost like a nebula that continues to just simply move in and out but has no particular definition to all of the possibilities that can come forth from energy. What begins to give definition to energy? Thought gives definition to energy. In the deep history of humanity there was a story that explained how the ancients said. “I spoke.” This meant I not only thought, I activated the energy.

The activation of energy does not mean that there is a form that the energy has taken, but you have activated the energy. You have begun to do something with this intelligent potential of unlimited possibilities. The room you are in is filled with energy waiting to be activated. The energy will continue to take various shapes and forms as you think, as you speak, and activate it. Even though you cannot tangibly hold it in your hands, it is just as real, has just as much effect upon your life as does the solid physical forms of energy that humanity has manifested. Energy is “all that is” in the materialization, with this potential of unlimited possibility activated by thoughts. intent, and words. When you think something. from this unlimited potential you have activated a process. Once that process has been activated, it’s not going to go back into the sea of universal energy. Once it’s activated, the energy is activated permanently and does not return to the unlimited potential, but begins to take some type of form. Form is intangible much more than it is tangible. Energy has much more form that is intangible than it does that is tangible. Think of shape and form as more intangible that you can’t always touch and feel.

  1. Vibrational Rhythm Patterns You grow, versus being born and staying small, because as you are creating you are expanding the manifestation of that creation in a physical form. You are also creating in the intangible. To intimately get to know yourself, you must first understand yourself only as an energy pattern that has a vibrational rhythm pattern that projects an image. Your energy is from the tiniest of spaces but it expresses outward as universes. What you deal with is your image that the physical body appears to be to you. This image is a vibrational rhythm pattern from an energy pattern which is changing every second. For you to be able to understand and know yourself in the most intimate way, you’ve got to at the least get beyond the image to the vibrational rhythm pattern. When you begin to deal with the vibrational rhythm pattern you begin to see how various vibrational rhythm patterns take place.

You’ll begin to sense how you’re vibrating at one rate when you’re feeling safe and in love and another when you do not feel safe and you’re in fear. This level of awareness would be ‘understanding’. To truly know yourself is to be able to recognize you are an ever changing energy pattern. You’ll never feel that. You cannot feel energy as I have defined energy. You feel the vibrational rhythm patterns that come from that energy. Energy has no feel to it. It is simply a component. It is that field of possibilities. It is everything, but nothing that is tangible enough that you can envision into anything that your conscious mind or your sensory perception knows how to interact with. You do know how to mentally effect the energy to bring it into vibrational rhythm patterns. It is the vibrational rhythm patterns that you interact with.

  1. How Thought Affects Your Creations An energy pattern is like thousands of beautiful little snowflakes falling and a wind comes along and swirls them making a pattern as it is moved by the wind. This is energy that forms a pattern from the vibration from a thought placed upon it. What is it about the energy that creates a vibration? As the pattern begins to form, it begins to form a possibility. A little, singular possibility is formed out of infinite, unlimited possibility. The possibility has a life existence form to it. That possibility becomes a unique, individualized expression of energy. Now it has a new component to it which is called thought.

Everything that has the capability to exist has the capability to think. It is self-awareness that allows the process of thinking. If a stone could not think, it could not exist. If there is self-awareness, there is the creativity possibility. God is self-awareness which is the glue that holds all existence together. Thought is what primarily dictates the possibility. Thought has vibration. You’re feeling the vibration that is taking place from the thought that is beginning to form with the energy. You are what you think. If you can totally align your thoughts with your spirit and your soul, that’s when you have reached the ultimate of mastership. This is when you are able to manifest. When you have one tiny little thought it sets into motion a vibration of energy. This vibration begins to amplify the intelligence of the thought itself. As it amplifies the intelligence of the thought, the thought expands. As the thought expands, it creates anew. There is more thought effect, more vibration set in motion, the thoughts affecting more benign energy, setting in motion more thoughts causing expansion to take place.

Your thoughts are so erratic and so limited to your self-survival instincts that they’re unable to align with your spirit and soul.

Spirit does not have limitation. The spirit, the God essence within you cannot align with your thoughts enough. That level of consciousness cannot align enough that you’re able to have the creations that you desire. You must go beyond the mind. What if you don’t know what going beyond the mind means and you don’t know how to get there? Meditation is a principle covered later in the book. A quick answer is you explain to your mind that you are safe when you meditate and there is a great benefit achieved of manifesting your desires through calming the mind and aligning your thoughts and your divine essence. As thought creates the possibility, the possibility begins to take a form, whatever that may be. This will begin to be a dominant energy pattern as it expands either through uniting with another similar creation or from you holding a very strong focused thought over and over again. That dominant energy pattern can then form its own possibilities. Humanity was a possibility in an energy pattern before we existed in physical form. Before we were physical our thoughts formed the possibility of a vibrational rate that gave something physical that would be called humanity. As the possibility begins to unite with other possibilities or other manifestations, then you begin to shift energy patterns. This is how you shift it within yourself. It’s how you’re shifting your world.

When you try to control and create with your mind, you are completely ignoring energy. You are completely ignoring what you am dealing with and misunderstanding how you’re trying to create. The mind will simply search out what it consciously knows to create. That conscious knowing sets off many random impulses within yourself that have come forward with you and you know nothing of them. This is why it is key to go beyond the mind and listen to your soul in meditation. The soul knows everything you have ever experienced on this planet. Everything you have ever learned. Every good deed you have ever done. Every fear you have ever had. It’s all in your soul’s energy.

  1. Ego Ego is a false belief system you created when you thought you were separated from your Creator and every other on the planet. To insure your existence you created all sorts of dramas and defense systems—the emotions being your first line of defense that has replaced the truth of feelings — love, joy, peace, harmony and the awareness of the oneness of all life. Ego is only an illusion that you believe to be true. Just as you must not give your power to the drama of the appearances, you must remember to not give your power to the appearance that your ego is projecting into your life. Always remember this projection is merely a staged form of an experience. The personality, the soul, the reality of who you are, is, always has been, and always shall be spiritual. The ego will choose pain over pleasure, because it validates its’ existence. Therefore pain attracts the ego. Without pain there is no entrapment. With the pain comes the fear, and with the fear, comes the need for the ego to run the show. The ego, as long as it is in control, has no way of connecting to your own true reality. Know who you are. Do not get caught in all the drama. Detach and have fun with your life. Detach and do not worry. Worry is one of the most useless inventions of your analytical mind and ego system of belief. The analytical mind has such a need for safety that it has an almost insatiable appetite that cannot be satisfied. This is why you will find something to worry about. If your life is going well, then you will worry about your

How do you replace worry? If you are worried about ‘it’, it seems you feel powerless. You are afraid something can create more pain for you, and if that is how you see it, it will happen. What about the “All That Is” consciousness that indeed you are, that is projecting this part of your soul’s journey on Earth? Your soul knows there is not a need for pain. There is not a need to worry. The pain and worry you make a part of your everyday life is all in the holographic universe that was projected and given the power to create its own reality. This creative power does not know any better because this creative power has been hijacked by your ego belief system. The creative power does not have the power to do it differently but you do. That is what you must remember. You are the creator and you have the choice to create from the reality that you are instead of the illusion of fear and pain. This will happen in one instant moment of remembrance when you trust enough to go beyond your ego. You have all the power of the reality of who `you’ are. You have all the power of creativity, all the power of being able to embrace what you perceive to be pain, to transform it and to help others to do the same.

A sign of enlightenment is selflessness—one that no longer is concerned with self, because self is so complete, self is so knowing of your existence that there is nothing to be concerned with self, that you totally give yourself away to others that they might, too, come to that recognition. You no longer strive to preserve what you feel is necessary for your existence, but you are continually emptying yourself that others may begin to come to find that same state of peace and understanding and intelligence.

Understanding the Power of Divine Love Divine love is the vibration that emanated from God, the creator. Divine love is a vibratory creation that was created first from the energy of Sacred Void. Divine love is the first vibration that came through energy. As such divine love is the highest vibration capable of interacting with every vibration that exists. Divine love is the universal vibration that speaks every vibratory language and is capable of every vibration so all vibrational rhythm patterns can interact with love. That is why divine love is unlimited and all other vibrational rhythm patterns are limited. Divine love being the first creation, contains the superior, supreme essence of what controls vibrational rhythm patterns. All other vibrational rhythm patterns are in a spectrum. Divine love is total, complete and all encompassing. Divine love is everything that you are that is real. When your consciousness is connected to divine love, you know you are eternal and safe. You know you are free to give that divine love to every situation, every person, everything on the planet. You know you are free to love the most unlovable person because you are free, not because they are free. You are free because you recognize and vibrate at your true vibration that is divine love. You do not limit divine love to what your mind thinks it should be.

There is a veil that exists in between the place you open and close your eyes. It interrupts your awareness and creates a pattern that shifts you between two different levels of consciousness. When your eyes are open, you are in one state, when your eyes are closed, you are in another. This veil was put in place at the time of the Fall of Consciousness to keep you in the limited reality of separation.

This veil holds a rigid structure in place that does not allow the DNA software programming and the coding structure of the DNA to actively integrate into the higher-dimensional chakra system necessary to activate aspects of the hypothalamus, medulla oblongata and pineal gland. These aspects are limited by this veil or partition. This partition is also what holds you in third-dimensional linear time (time as a past—present—future loop) and creates major restrictions to knowing yourself.

There are two partitions within the brain. The first partition is the corpus callosum, a coarse tissue that separates the right and left hemispheres. The original purpose of this tissue was to assist both sides of the brain to communicate with each other. With the Fall of Consciousness and aeons of living in the dense third dimension, this capacity has become significantly restricted.

The second is a vertical nonphysical partition that is perpendicular to the corpus callosum and located between the temples on either side of the head. This partition minimizes the function of the hypothalamus, medulla oblongata and pineal gland and it significantly limits the performance of the seventh and eight chakras in the physical experience. This nonphysical partition, or veil, holds each of us in a narrow field of logic, duality and rigid rules.

When you observe in present-time, the veil is neutralized, allowing observation from the Higher Mind. It’s here where this partition or veil is dismantled and reconstructed into its originally intended function: to open your awareness of the multidimensional consciousness from where you have come. Here the hypothalamus, medulla oblongata, pineal gland and seventh and eighth chakras become more engaged, the ninth, tenth and eleventh chakras become accessible. Here, with the use of higher-vibrational Light and colour vibrations, the coarse tissue of the corpus callosum will be altered into a softer electrochemical gel, allowing the right and left hemispheres of the brain to function as originally intended, in full communication with each other.

“Soul minds” are veiled. The challenge for some of us seems to be work on “thinning the veils,

The veil programs are usually placed in at birth, although can be and probably are, included with many past programs also. There are various “fallen- hierarchies that perform the shut-off programs. the programs of separation and death. The program itself is run from the structures, which are stretched across various parts of the brain as membrane veils, shutting the conscious from the super conscious, so you are not in connection with all that you arc. The program itself is from the beings that set up the program, a small group who determine what it will take, and what programs will work well to shut off your divine potential. causing you to feel lost. It is calculated according to your soul weaknesses, and set in a situation that seems to prevent expansion in your life, from the group coming through set situations (these will be situations you find yourself in that continually repeat. with similar energies, and certain groups that hold you back). The program comes into the crown chakra, at full width, so it would be hard to break, travelling down into the back of the neck, and anchoring there. As it is in the brain, it affects your mental ability to commune with God source, your guides, and your higher self. It also affects the body when you are attempting to take divine steps in your outer life, to manifest God’s light on Earth. It may have the effect of immobilizing you. and making it harder to move spiritually in the outer world.

Lower sound harmonics and lower programming tend to lock in together, along with group dynamics. To clear group dynamics, permissions you have given to the group need to be released. This can be done through Vow/Contract breaks. (Affirming this).Certain frequency programming within the DNA and various other structures does not allow divine frequencies to enter, therefore needs release. Various other points at which to clear include-Genetic — through the DNA. Physical — through cellular memory. Allowed through agreement by yourself — opening spiritual doonvays to your access. Your access to the world. Etheric memory (affecting your ability to expand reality).

Thus affecting your ability to expand your reality to encompass the vaster self you truly are. Spirit has called this a four point encoding access. This will likely be a long process to clear all of the four points of clearing that is mentioned above.

Focusing your consciousness multi-dimensionally is about bringing all of your consciousness to the mind, allowing the higher mind to play a part also, and to bring this into your life, as part of it. If you desire for this in your life, you will find that new pathways need to be made within the present brain, on various levels, as it is currently not totally connected to the vaster capabilities possible. This process will be like a rewiring; to enable more refined frequencies to enter into the mental etherics. Most of the brain structure is simply coded out of receiving these higher impulses, much like tuning certain channels out on a T.V. set. Then, they will be pushed back into the subconscious, and accessed through dream state, perhaps, or in meditation. The ideal, of course, is not to need to go back to access, but to be in the present all of the time as this is the vaster part of who we are, and we are here to live that, to know of all that we are, here on earth.

As a result of flawed thinking (caused by a negative programmed mindset), most people either do not have the required tools, or are not interested in obtaining the knowledge for freedom or higher. Freedom and higher consciousness require a desire to be free, effort, work, and change, all of which most people are programmed to avoid. The objective of this kind of programming is to have people lose the ability to think freely. – ‘whatever you do not use you lose.’ Many people often want or seek the benefits of freedom without paying the price. However, freedom is never free.

Another common misunderstanding to the untrained eyes is how freedom is defined. Freedom is generally defined as the opportunity to get a “good” education, a “good” job and be financially sufficient to provide for their families. The definition of true freedom is a freed mentality. A freed mentality ensures people can have all of their desires, and also be in full control of their thoughts and mind.

With mental freedom, people can learn who they are, understand the role they play in the broader scope of the universe; appreciate and value themselves, others, and the natural environment, and be much better equipped to understand how societies and organizations are structured to control the minds of the masses.

Once you are able to free yourself mentally, finding the real purpose for your existence will no longer be a challenge. Many people, regardless of how well educated they are, regrettably continue to be very narrow-minded when it comes to matters about the process and methods of achieving mental freedom. They feel this way because they are either unfamiliar with the subject, or have been programmed to reject such information as real and essential.

Thinking that mental freedom is something that can easily be attained is a colossal mistake. It requires a strong desire, clarity of thought, discipline, effort, work, courage, sacrifice, and change. Most people are just not prepared to be free -they have no control over their thoughts or their lives.

A large portion of their decisions derives from their societal programming. This fact is suppressed by the widely held view that people make decisions based on their personal choices and preferences. This view is merely a misconception. What many are ignoring either through ignorance or deliberate rejection is the fact that, the choices people make derived from their subconscious programmed condition and manipulated mentality.

You may be asking yourself, “if everyone can change his or her condition by simply changing his or her thinking, why then more people are not doing so?” The answer is, lack of knowledge that they have the power to do so, lack of motivation, or closed-mindedness due to social conditioning.

“When you control a man’s thinking you do not have to worry about his actions.”

When we begin to live the spiritual life , a reversal of consciousness takes place which is proof that we have entered the spiritual life. To live the spiritual life it is a reversal of consciousness that is necessary. This cannot be compared in any way with the different faculties or possibilities one has in the mental field. As a consequence of the total change and reversal of consciousness establishing a new relation of Spirit with Mind and Life and Matter. The ability to energize the spirit enables us to reverse the aging process to some degree.

The reversal represent change or movement turning consciousness inward from the outer external ego.

And as soon as one is turned towards the spiritual life and reality, one touches the Infinite, the Eternal, and there can no longer be any question of a greater or smaller num-ber of capacities or possibilities. It is the mental concep-tion of spiritual life which may say that one has more or less capacity to live spiritually, but this is not at all an ad-equate statement. What may be said is that one is more or less ready for the decisive and total reversal. In reality, it is the mental capacity to withdraw from ordinary activities and to set out in search of the spiritual life which can be measured.

In practice, pranayama has to be executed in upward direction. That is to say, the vital air needs to be drawn from the lowest level towards the upper regions of the spiritual body. This convention follows the principle of reversal of currents, which is fundamental to sadhana. What does this principle signify in the concrete? By nature, currents flow in downward direction governed by the law of gravity.

A plant, however, reverses this natural downward flow by directing the water upwardly from the root into all its branches, leaves and petals. This capacity of the plant to reverse the direction of the natural flow is essential for its survival, because only in this manner the plant is able to obtain the life-giving liquid. Just as the plant reverses the downward flow of the water, in the same way pravayama entails reversal of the downward course taken by the vital air, and that means to direct the breath upwardly from the lower to the upper bodily circles.

To effectuate reversal of the vital current is the core implication of Sadhana. What succeeds once this reversal has been accomplished? For the plant, transcending the rules of gravity becomes a matter of utter survival. For man, however, to master this basic requirement of sadhana opens the way to a higher level of spiritual accomplishment: it leads to Divine/Oneness, to spiritual consciousness and delight of bliss embodied in the Divine Being. And this Supreme Divinity, – the source of the most sublime delight of bliss, is identified with the manor manum, with the Man of the Heart. Once cidananda is evoked, once the presence of the highest reality is called forth, man has readied himself to meet the Supreme Man and thereby to fulfill the central quest of his Sadhana.

Accomplishment of this ultimate state becomes feasible only once all spiritual activities are turned inwards, because attention focused inwardly enables the mind to fully assemble and to secure sufficient power of concentration to recognize the inner divinity.

The ego in the Indian psychological tradition is a manifestation of the mind and not of consciousness. It masks the spirit, the self. Shrouded by ignorance, the ego masquerades as the self. Therefore, tearing down the veil of ignorance, taming the ego, transcending the limiting adjuncts of the mind to allow the true light of the spirit to shine and reflect on the mind of the person, become the focus of spiritual psychology. This is what is involved in the process of transformation of the person. Yoga, for example, is a method of training for such transformation.

There are three intra-psychic processes involved in ego-transformation. They are aspiration, surrender and rejection. Aspiration is the motivating factor, the driving force to feel the presence of the divine spirit. If spirit is consciousness-as-such, aspiration is the desire to access consciousness-as-such. Surrender refers tc the openness to witness consciousness-as-such with no prior notions, attitudes and expectations. Rejection is the throwing out of all those ego accretions that cloud consciousness-as-such, so as to allow the unencumbered play of the psychic being. The function of the psychic being is accessing consciousness-as-such to guide and transform both our individual and collective life.

Transformation involves tracing the route back from existential suffering, con-trolling craving and attachment, and transcending the limiting adjuncts of the mind so that the clouds of ignorance hovering around the person are dispelled and the person experiences states of pure consciousness. Such experiences are the transformational resource and gateway to realization, the discovery of the spirit within. Spiritual psychology in the Indian tradition is positive psychology that promotes health, happiness and joy in a non-ego binding manner. It is the joy of the spirit and not of the ego that the transformed person experiences.

The spiritual consciousness, the spiritual life reverses this principle of building; it bases its action in the collective life upon an inner experience and inclusion of others in our own being, an inner sense and reality of oneness. The spiritual individual acts out of that sense of oneness which gives him immedi-ate and direct perception of the demand of self on other self.

Our mundane nature, which is not entirely covered by spiritualisation, is taken up and converted into supramental nature. As we observed, in spiritualisation the whole of nature is not included. It goes up to a limit and stops. But here there is a total spiritualisation. Not only the individual life but the world experience is taken up, related to the individual experience and raised to a divine truth and plenitude. That part of the world experience in which a gnostic being participates is automatically elevated to the supramental nature. These are some of the general outlines that our mind can formulate of the gnostic nature. But what is important to note is that it means a radical reversal of consciousness.

In spiritualisation our consciousness undergoes a change of coating, a change of texture at its peaks, but it mostly remains what it has been all along in its evolutionary career. With the arrival of the supramental consciousness there is a radical reversal, radical because once the reversal takes place, there is no going back. In spiritualisation, by deviating, by diluting, it is possible to suffer a diminution and change of orientation of our spiritual nature. That is what they call the fall, fall from yoga, fall from spiritual consciousness.

With the gnostic consciousness, it is a radical change, so much so that there is no possibility of changing back or falling from that nature. Once the consciousness is reversed, our mental cognitive standards are no longer sufficient. We cannot anticipate, we cannot govern the gnostic behaviour from the mental standpoint. Another difference is that our mental thought bases itself on the consciousness of the finite. Finite is what is bounded, what is limited, maybe a large finite, a vast finite, but all the same a finite.

Mental thought separates what it perceives, what it analyses from what it does not. But the supramental thought is based on a consciousness of the Infinite. Wherever it sees, wherever it works, it is from the infinite point of view that it moves. Infinity is the first truth of that consciousness, just as division, finiteness is the governing truth of the mind.

Christ consciousness is the involuted result of mortal progression: In other words, the evoluted ‘result of mortality is: sense consciousness, its ascending principle being the opening of cosmic light that makes for metaphysical (mental) devel-opment. The culminated advancement of men-tality is spirituality, the gaining of the Mind of consciousness opening its own laws of unfoldment whereby spirituality is identified and the truths of Being are revealed. Sense consciousness, the first -aspect of self-conscious development, gives knowledge of the physical; metaphysical develop-ment gives knowledge of mind and its control; Cosmic consciousness climaxes the metaphySical with knowledge of spiritual principles. These principles, realized, begin their own unfoldment in consciousness, identifying Christ and the con-sciousness of Truth.

As cosmic consciousness reveals the nothingness of both good and evil of mortal sense, the Truth of Being ascends, the mergence of the cosmic and Christ consciousness being effected in the surrender of the will of the flesh. This surrender is culminated in the giving up of the love of the flesh, effecting at this point the opening of the powers of .God’s love. The Christ consciousness not only reveals suffering to have its place in redemption, but also brings knowledge of the service which all forces of darkness perform. In reality, the Christ consciousness reverses the tendencies of the metaphysical as perfectly as the metaphysical reverses the tendencies of the physical. This reversal is developed in cosmic consciousness, being effected in laws of unfoldment rather than in the will of man. The ego discovers the greater blessing that is brought through suffering for the spirit’s sake, loyalty and adherence ..to spiritual principles precipitating ofttimes greater struggle’s than those ‘experienced on the lower planes of advancement. As the chastening law of Christ is set up, the ego discovers God to be the one presence and the one power, inclusive of all activities, whether.so-called good or evil; for ‘the, greatest woes incidental to spiritual development s yield their advancements. Christ sz consciousness reveals the true status of all conditions of life.

The Construction Of The Abyss. The veil of ignorance. The Abyss is an illusionary barrier of darkness between our Earthly consciousness of physical mortality, personality and ego, and our spiritual consciousness of the Universe and its infinite energy resources. Individually and thus collectively we each must Face and pass through the Abyss to reunite our complete nature, and to gain the awareness of our eternal spiritual nature and the Universe. Collective fear is the only thing preventing the veils from being lifted completely. Removing the ego shield so that the path to the superconscious connec-tion is consistently clear is our goal. The ego is the veil. The ego is the first layer of human consciousness and is the mass consciousness. This veil is controlled through fear programming.

The fall of consciousness and our regression in awareness took place, a veil of darkness was constructed within our collective consciousness that acted to conceal the knowledge and power of the Universe from us for a time. This veil, known as the Abyss or bottomless pit (names given to it at a time when there was obviously much fear as to what was happening, is an amazing construction that reflects completely our needs to evolve and learn responsibility. The Abyss is an illusionary barrier of darkness between our Earthly consciousness of physical mortality, personality and ego, and our spiritual consciousness of the Universe and its infinite energy resources. It acts to separate the two so that our Earthly consciousness can pass through the real experience it needs to learn responsibility.

We are kept within its boundaries to experience, expose and eventually exorcise the potentially destructive elements of our nature, while the Universe outside is left relatively undisturbed by these destabilising experiences. Individually and thus collectively we each must Face and pass through the Abyss to reunite our complete nature, and to gain the awareness of our eternal spiritual nature and the Universe this may come to serve. The darkness of the Abyss reflects back to each of us the weaknesses and fears of our own egos. It is an illusory barrier that we compose by the fears we project, and on the other side lies our spiritual awareness that works to compel us forward and through (`cailing’ us forward).

Nothing in time stands still, so if we do not progress, then what we build may stagnate and begin to disintegrate. Evolution inspires and compels us to progress and offers the only true steps forward, and to cross the Abyss, as we cannot see beyond and receive no guarantees, we have only Faith in this heart felt inspiration to take those steps. To cross the Abyss we are compelled to surrender our animal instincts of self-preservation, face and relinquish our fears, and step into the unknown with no guarantees of where this tiny lead or even if we shall survive or pass through…., and all we have to trust and have faith in, is that one simple impulse and need to progress. It is like being compelled to go on a quest for self-discovery and truth, and then coming to the edge of a chasm. You know you have to go forward to succeed, yet the fall before you is dark and bottomless.

Fear (the voice of your self-preserving animal nature and rational mind) imagines all the horrors that may lie in that darkness and begs you to turn back to the places and way of life that you know, using any means to justify fear. The evolutionary and soul’s need to know truth and purpose, and to discover our real identity and nature, that compels us on and will not allow us to rest (the calling of your spiritual nature and awareness), tells you that the darkness is just an illusion and that there is a way through in front of you. If you choose to trust this voice, as opposed to that of fear, you will be able to walk forward and cross to the other side, to reach the answers that await and realise your true potential. This is the real step of faith that acts to transform our primary instincts, and I can share from experience, that once you take those wholehearted steps into the unknown, to lay your life on the line, then the darkness dissolves completely and the truth is revealed.

What is the single thing mostly preventing us from discovering the truth and how can we overcome it? Not as close as you would like to be and not as far off as you might imagine. Collective fear is the only thing preventing the veils from being lifted completely. Humans do not fear darkness; they fear a light too bright for their unaccustomed eyes. They shield themselves and avert their eyes to prevent the truth from being told. Humans have become overly comfortable, complacent and agreeable to a reality they have outgrown. It is time to listen to the words heard within so that humans can create a reality based on that rather than responding to the endless external stimuli that greet them daily. The distance between human to God is not outside, it’s the layers of belief systems, social programming, all fear orientated issues, that envelope us hiding our light within.

As they give up their social programs, not only they set examples that its totally safe to shed these boundaries for better future but they as collective trigger humans to see for themselves that these do not serve them any purpose. A slow awakening is taking place, in all humans, when their consciousness is getting clear in the collective burning, of these Twin Flames who are spread over the whole world. When these Twin flames tranmutate, their pain to love they create Love and Light and as they become in sync with balancing of their masculine feminine energies in them their power becomes more potent. So they serve as a big prism of light scattered in different parts of world.

The day when these twin flames will come in union, this spectrum of light will be more powerful and It will light up the earth to, the fullest, making every human realize that all these years, they were trapped in fear and they have power to change their life once they see their remote in light, seize their power in no time,

We have known about this coming of age since humans created time and questioned reality. The wisdom that is needed to understand such a shift of awareness was gifted to a few, misinterpreted by many, and simply ignored by the masses, until now. This alteration of our consciousness is about human evolu-tion, removing the veil that separates us from complete connection to source. It is about raising our vibrational level to match the energies that are morphing all around us, removing resistance so we can effortlessly flow inside these shifting times. In this way we will remember who we truly are, and actually be able to live in this knowledge without being torn apart in the process.

Removing the ego shield so that the path to the superconscious connec-tion is consistently clear is our goal. Mankind at the beginning of all incarnations more than remembered our con-nection and agreement with the oneness. At that time we knew we were source energy slowed down into physical beings for the purpose of self exploration. Liv-ing in divine abundance, grace, health and wisdom, we enjoyed the multitude of blessings that came with simply vibrating on an equal level with source energy, albeit in a denser vehicle. Eventually, this level of awareness no longer served us, as there were many other exciting adventures to embark upon that taught us what we could not learn by living in complete love. The “Dark Ages” of man came, the slowing down of our vibration caused by thoughts, emotions and actions that were not in harmony with the highest vibra-tion from source.

When the Earth moved away from the heart center of the galaxy, humans began disconnecting from source in our own hearts. The masculine energies began to take control and we began to have the emotion of fear for the first time in our collective consciousness. Fear produced such disharmony from source that we severed our connection almost entirely. We created this situation by using a magnificently powerful force in the universe—our egos, manifested by our collec-tive human thought and emotions for the purpose of discovering just how dark human nature can truly get.

“There is much in the world to make us afraid. There is much more in our faith to make us unafraid.” Humans are evolving into a higher bioenergetic form, removing the denseness to be filled with higher vibrational light energy.

Those who remained fully cognizant of the oneness, even when the blanket of darkness compromised any awakeness, were called Shamans, healers, the enlight-ened, the known ones, mystics, seers, saints, lamas, and gurus. Purposefully and with ancient wisdom passed through generations, these wisdom holders kept their vibrations in harmony with source for as long as they could, holding on to the ability of one touch healing and one thought manifesting. Eventually, even those of higher frequency began to slow through the inertia from the vibration the planet was holding at the time. Simply being became doing. We went from being the oneness, to losing our connection to the divine and having to create methods to get back home. Hence, techniques were formed by our wise ones, rit-uals and whole systems created, simply to be in divine connection and wellness once more.

Technology has advanced so far in that we now have incredibly high quality methods for sending information quickly around the globe, and from the Earth to outer space. Fiber optic cables are made of glass wires thinner than a human hair but transmit more information than a 1″ copper cable.

The fiber optics can conduct higher frequencies due to their components and construction, with zero interference, whereas the copper cables are dense in frequency. Before we begin doing the clearing work necessary for enlightenment, we are like the copper wires. Thick with layers of our personal ego energy, built upon through many lifetimes, doing our best to have a life wrapped up in a bulky egoic comforter. Once we begin to clear away the need for the protection, we become lighter, freer, and become like fiber optic wires.

So, connection to source is simply a matter of upgrading our energetic wirings and removing the trapped static energy within our bioenergetic fields so the higher frequencies can flow. When we chose to live in a slower, denser vibration (through life style choices or unawareness), our knowledge is limited because we do not have the capability of gathering the higher wisdom that comes through the faster channels. As we lift our vibrations, we are able to connect to source in a way that we can not only hear but completely understand the message.

We become better receivers, enabled conduits and a perfect match to source energy. We are moving from lightworker (copper cables) to light beings (fiber optics). We have now regained the ability to once again tap into source for full disclo-sure. An ancient paradigm is being reborn in the 21″ Century, one that states we are source energy, that we have never been separated, that techniques are to be used like training wheels until we have grown into our full remembrance. And, we are being upgraded in every layer of our being to store this higher wisdom so that future generations can use us as a spring board into an even greater connection.

Becoming keenly aware that the old paradigms of techniques keep us mired in the 3 dimensional realms will be the challenge. Because we like our stuff, our ways of doing, it comforts us as humans to let change be someone else’s job.

“If you learn only methods you ll be forever tied to those methods, however if you learn the principles behind these methods you’ll be free to devise your own (method)”.

Then one will be able to move past the ego, which is the first layer of our human awareness. Once the ego hold is breached, you can then begin to erase the subconscious blackboard full of fear scribbling that hold us in our disconnection. The superconsiousness, or full connection, will food into your awareness once the veil of the subconscious is dissolved. This will bring with it the ability to simply live in fully aware connectivity to our divine self.

The ego is the first layer of human consciousness and is the mass consciousness.

It is vital to move past the use of techniques so we can once again unlock the doorway to the new paradigm. Doing keeps our mind active and our emotions attached to the (sometimes unconscious) reasons behind the doing, blurring the connectivity by the swirling surrounding energies of thought and emotion. It is necessary to cut away the maya, the illusions of ego, to become the blank slate, the hollow bone that spirit moves through. We must become no-thing (the no-mind) so that all things can exist within.

These years will be a time of great turmoil and fear for many people who will not understand the changes that are occurring. It will not be until after the days of darkness when humankind has a “mass revelation” so that the veils of physical illusion are finally torn down.

The real inner experience of following conscience, putting behind us the selfish fears of survival, and stepping wholeheartedly forward into the unknown, carries us across the Abyss and displaces the old animal priority instincts with new priorities of faith, love and spiritual intuition. This then exposes the knowledge and nature of the Universe and of the eternal `life’ of our conscious spiritual entities, so that balance is restored and we can move on to the rest of the Universe and beyond in our own evolution. There is no way around this, for in time we each must face our fears and the repercussions of our actions, to be able to evolve beyond them. Only by carrying the light of real experience forward into the unknown, can we come to cross and dissolve the darkness of the Abyss, and thus become whole again.

The way to develop and bring forward our Christ nature was shown to be simple, for we bring forward and expose our inner soul and feelings. It is through the experience of love that Christ comes to be realised: by laying ourselves bare, admitting and facing our fears and weaknesses, and embracing and connecting with the energy and life force of all that surrounds us. This dissolves the superficial perspectives we perceive and identify with through our ego personalities and their temporal animal natures. It breaks down the boundaries of physical separateness and substance, to bring us together in the collective and Universal identity of energy and spirit. This, we were shown, would open the doors to understanding the Universe and knowing our true eternal natures. Death would no longer be a threat or carry fear for us, and our creative potential and use of energy could abound. This is the only way, through embracing our naturally evolving Christ nature, that we can find true peace and fulfilment here on Earth.

The premise was that when the oppressed masses via learning processes of self-reflection threw away ‘the veil of ignorance’ they would see clearly and thus become enlightened, and due to this very fact they would release themselves from their self-imposed captivity and resist exploitation.

Intuitive Mind is a spiritual vision of the highest order. It is a power of knowledge by the identity of consciousness. In this state of mind, the subject consciousness is identified with the object consciousness. The subject goes out of itself and meets the object. It may be called a spiritual perception or direct awareness of objects. The direct and close perception of identity is more than conception, thought and sight. The flash or blaze of knowledge penetrates the mass of ignorance or the veil of nescience. Intuition in its native consciousness is a projected consciousness of the Supermind into the human consciousness.

It is difficult for beginners to understand a mass of terminology. When a consciousness of union comes, we become aware that the veil is only a concept of our own minds, a veil of ignorance.

There is cosmic ignorance as well as individual ignorance. We come in touch with cosmic ignorance in deep sleep. But when we awake, we have a thicker veil of untruth, of unreality, hiding Truth, in spite of our waking consciousness. In deep sleep we forget most of these … Our whole mind is clouded and covered by masses of filth and dirt which have to be removed.

As we awaken to the truth of our beingness, spiritual teachings centered around being an individual consciousness seeking to be unified back into the whole of divinity or one divine consciousness void of individuality will fall away, as we will consciously recognize that we are simultaneously an allness (collective divine consciousness), a onceness (our own divine consciousness), and each and every other onceness (all other individual divine consciousnesses). All-at-Once Consciousness will be consciously awakened in waking awareness and we will no longer suppress our oneness (in lieu of our collective divine beingness) or suppress our allness (in lieu of our individual divine beingness). We will naturally shift to a higher conscious perspective, and we will never again think of divine consciousness (divinity) or any other individual soul consciousness (others) as separate from our own eternal beingness. In this way, our self identity will shift from a singular perspective to a state of beingness able to consciously reflect our simultaneous, all-at-once nature. We will then be better able to experience our lives from a center that is simultaneously both an individual consciousness and a collective consciousness, fulfilling the divine blueprint of our conscious awakening.

The human ego has become the god this world and therefore acting as divine consciousness and supermind.

Fear is the result of not knowing that, as Souls, there is nothing to fear. In becoming human, our consciousness becomes Earthbound. The knowingness that we are not separated from God/Goddess is repressed, denied, and blocked. Divine Consciousness, Divine Love, Divine Abilities, Divine Order, and Divine Safety become hidden behind a fear-based illusion of a limited and painful human existence.

Connect with your Divine Self to release negative emotions. As the fogs of strong emotions dissipate in the light of your Divine Self, a path opens up into many higher states of consciousness that are only possible to experience with flowing and peaceful emotions.

Evolve your desire body so that it responds to Divine Will and to your Divine Self rather than to mass consciousness or other people’s desires.

You are stronger than mass consciousness, especially one that is based on fear. Your divine self and the light of radiant heart are stronger than any mass consciousness based on fear. These invocations assist you to know they are more powerful than any projection or mass consciousness idea.

There are other regions in the world where the collective consciousness of the masses has become far removed from their spiritual identity. This has caused an imbalance in the energies of those regions.

The state of the world reflects the consciousness of humanity, which is overshadowed by fear. Fear stimulates false beliefs and wrath and takes us to war. Fear destroys hope and mutilates the heart and mind; it kills faith and paralyzes the soul. We have let fear overpower our behavior to such an extent that we have given it form.

The process of spiritual evolution to become a spiritual master requires us to reverse this by undoing all the mass-consciousness programming.

The purpose of bringing to the forefront the many forms of programming we receive throughout life, especially if it creates fear, makes it dear how easily it can distract us from becoming aware of who we really are and why we have chosen to express our being through a life on the physical plane. There is, however, a revolution going on today and it is an inner one, one to get back to the realization of our divine nature by uncovering the presence of the God within us. This, if we choose, can be achieved in part by reprogramming ourconsciousness to become aware ofhow great we really are.

The term “mental programming” has a negative connotation because it implies mind control, and in a sense it is because it subconsciously controls how we think and even believe. Therefore, the term “reprogramming” can also have the same connotation. The Mental Equivalent. This term seems to be a little more harmonious yet it basically means reprogramming. So, whenever we want to change or reprogram our belief system, we can present to our mind a mental equivalent.

High vibrational energies of love and light are unfolding and sweeping across the planet as individuals begin to awaken and come into die awareness of who we really are and realize the power that is within us. Just as a caterpillar has with itself the inner awareness to know when it is time to become transformed into a beautiful butterfly, so are the souls of love and light awakening to their true selves and beginning to do the work they came upon this planet to do. Sadly, there is something that prevents such an awakening. Deep or strong programming based on fear can be a barrier and prevent such openings.

Don’t think for a moment that the only people affected by these programs for human experimentation and mind control were the victims. We were the guinea pigs for a vast program of mind control for the general public. There was indeed an agenda for these experiments. The “conspiracy theory” is no theory but a great threat to humanity. You might wonder what you can do about it. The answer is to seek your own personal freedom. Make your own journey to be free from every aspect of fear programming. Begin right this moment: Make a list of every way fear affects and controls your life; then find the keys to the shackles of your mind and set yourself free. Wake up, before it is too late.

To live life in the lower realms of 3D demands that we lose our connection with God in order to experience duality, both sides of the opposing energies of our world.

In the physical world, we lose a great deal of our conscious

The human ego has become the god this world and therefore acting as divine consciousness and supermind.

This god of this world has created and veil of ignorance to keep separation in place and this prevents humankind to identify themselves with the ego-body-identy as the real self and not the divine higher real self. The real divine spark is captivated in the world of matter or the three dimensional world/reality. In same way this god acting as god, divine consciousness and supermind, humans identifying themselves through this ego-body-perception. In the three dimensional everything seems to be freedom, but isn´t. Humankind in held in mental slavery and we think of slavery in the physical sense readily, but the worst form of slavery is not the slavery of the physical body. The worst form of enslavement is the enslavement of the soul. Therefore this world keeping humankind in a state of low vibrational frequency because this prevents spiritual knowledge from activate or awaken the real soul. Lack of knowledge and spiritual ignoranbe keeps the soul in the sleep state or slumbering state. Fear is a part of this programming to keep the vibrations in a supressed state of the mind. Fear also the open up the brain channels for susceptible to programming.

For example there is a constant computer generated speaking voice in the airs. That is constant stalking and literally speaking, beaming and looping fearful sounds, words and voices. Words as; “now its dangerous”, words as; worry or worries, words as; panic, and words as; now he is mad, or now he is going mad, beaming and looping words as anxiety, hurry up every one to two seconds, day and night, both indoors and outdoors. And constant interfering and more frighten is that neighbors of organized gang stalking is been controlled by same computer generated speaking voice. They using same methods of harassment interference. This is the god of this world energies in actions and isn´t the divine god. The powers of maya rules this world and there is a veil of ignorancre in place tp prevent anyone pericing through this veil of ignorance or veil of the ego.

Then the divine god is disconnected in the three dimensional world they also is disconnected from the heart chakra and Christ Consciousness and therefore is linked to the anti-christ energy of this world.

The Ego is the Veil

There are always skeptics, but eventually they will be silenced as a result of the sheer volume of material. As this evidence grows it will eventually be taught as a matter of fact in schools as the decades pass because it will be known as science, thus becoming part of the mass consciousness. Fear of death is our most primal fear, but if we know that even death holds no terror for us, what have we to fear? When we know that we ultimately have nothing to fear, then a most profound and lasting change for the better will be brought to this world. All those systems of thought and plays for control over the masses of people will meet their deserved dissolution.

To adjust to these changes we must prepare our gross, subtle and causal bodies to receive, decode and ground the higher frequency energies that are beginning to dominate in New Age of Spirit. We must awaken our sensory apparatus to have the direct experience of awareness of our Spiritual Being and the Supreme Self.

As we release our own fear conditioning, we help release mass consciousness from the matrix of fear, and help install a new matrix of Love on planet Earth.”.

In this age we must take responsibility for our own choices and directions. We can no longer be passive agents who allow themselves to be manipulated by unseen forces. We have a conscious choice to direct our energy towards fear or towards love. Our challenge is to extricate ourselves from the fear-based programming that we are subject to in our daily lives. This programming is designed to keep us in ignorance and uncertainty; to keep us operating within a context of competition and survival; and to keep us divided and isolated from our oneness.

Carl Jung describes that “states” (as a collective) and “religions” (another form of collective) engender and promote a mass consciousness that circumvents individuality as well as physically and psychically enslaves man through the psychic attack of fear. In the opinion of Dr. Jung, both state and religion foists itself as God-like or the saving grace of man. The psyche knows better but unless man becomes aware of his own lack of awareness, he fails to become free; he submits to the veil and those who would ensure its place is solidly maintained as a barrier.

This is a Science of Spirit… an evolution of from lower levels of the emotional body awareness of the human animal to higher levels of consciousness of the philosophers of nature. The key to the evolution of consciousness of the philosopher and the premise for existence is to make known the unknown in nature by creating more choices. As evolutionary beings… alchemists can conquer the limitations in their minds and bodies… creating a rapid “inner awakening of consciousness” to higher levels… to know that they as individuals and as a collective are one with Nature = Spirit… creating in traditional terms an awareness of an “Invisible Spirit”… Consciousness” within us all.

So in reality, the brain does not create thoughts any more than a radio creates the music it plays, but is a receiver of thought, like the radio tuning into your favorite station. We can see from the perspective of a universal foundation in consciousness that the human brain is like… an automated Scanner of radio frequencies continuously picking up chatter on the bands that it tunes to in the moment… it was designed to tune into higher not ‘Iowerrrr’ levels of for the sake of evolution.

It is our “lack of consciousness in society”, and our attitudes, that manifest the “Nature of our Materialistic Corporate Reality”.

Without the “Awareness of being Aware in the present moment” of the environment in which we live… we maintain exclusively a personality mindset of bodily needs. This is the “instinctive mind” that belongs to the human body (the cells and the DNA) and not the spiritual being that animates it… We are overworked emotionally and taxed heavily as consumers of toxic products in our nine to five jobs of wage slavery in our modern day Society.

The ego-body-perception is not “true consciousness” but a body emotionally programmed with the awareness of a “primitive human instinctive animal” in his habitat to be observed living in maze by all sentient transcendent beings on all levels and on all planes. When we do become conscious of a moment of transcendent awareness and have a few brief moments throughout the day that we cherish…

This is a real life battle between evolving evolutionary beings against the “Anti-Christ Social Consciousness” of The Multi-National Corporations. Religious dogmas’ talk about an “Apocalypse at the end of time” to help warn us of our impending doom… the remarkable thing is that the word “Apocalypse” means the “lifting of a veil” or a disclosure to certain privileged persons of something hidden from the majority of humankind. I will show in this book that the “lifting of a veil” is a rising of consciousness that knows no fear of the unknown… and clarifies ancient predictions of the end days and the real battle of Armageddon. This ancient “Science of Spirit” is in itself a “Lifting of a Veil”… exposing the Lost Keys of the Kingdom of Heaven showing all that is hidden from life so that we no longer have to live in ignorance and superstition with religious / political dogmas in the illusions of a capitalistic society.

If we can learn to hold the analogies of contraries in a holistic state of mind… like the “Forces of Good and Evil”… we would eliminate this duality from our hearts, our minds, and our world by moving to a higher state of … in this Now moment… gaining the wisdom of every single experience. This does not mean that the external world would not still have this battle going on… just not your home or your world… in your holistic state of mind you will not attract it.

Human beings born into the bondage of ignorance and superstition and dying in ignorance while the true self… its soul and consciousness of spirit sleeps in beams of enlightenment waiting to be born and bring forth a heaven on Earth.

To grasp this philosophical concept one only needs to watch the enormously popular and successful fictional movie trilogy “The Matrix” and follow closely the depth of its complex set of myths to understand the real science of spirit in the human being. The Hero of our story “Neo” is a simple person… unhappy with his lot in life realizing that there is something missing in the illusion society has provided for him in the Matrix.

Neo is becoming conscious that Society in the Matrix is a material one with the focus in life on external technology to make people feel better about their miserable existence. Neo is our Hero because he can become Analogical (live in the “now” moment) and just know that he can defeat the technological Machine, who is feeding on his emotional energy and keeping him focused in the Matrix.

In the trilogy, Neo goes through an “Evolution of Consciousness” learning to “create his own reality from within”, defeating the Machine, and waking people up to their spiritual path and the “Real World”. This movie is a modem day myth for our times detailing the plight of a disgruntled yuppie searching for meaning in his life beyond ‘Organized Religion’ and the external “God Delusion”.

We are living in an illusion of Religious political manipulation of society by an unemotional technological control my Multi-national corporations. We should be able to develop our own point of view as soon as we are old enough to consciously make decisions to improve our lives and learn from our experiences, whether it.. includes god or not.

To understand what our modern day “Matrix is”, let us go back to our fictional movie and let MORPHEUS tell us what it is: MORPHEUS, “What is the Matrix? – Control! The Matrix is a computer-generated Dream world built to keep us under control, in order to change a human being into a battery of energy. We are the energy source easily renewable and completely recyclable. All they needed to control this mind was something to occupy our mind. And they built a prison out of our past; wired it to our brain and turned us all into slaves.”

“The Matrix is everywhere; it’s all around us, here even in this room. You can see it out of your window, or on your television. You feel it when you go to work, or go to church, or pay your taxes. It is the world that has been pulled over your eyes to blind you from the truth.””That you are a slave, Neo. That you, like everyone else, was born into bondage. . . kept inside a prison that you cannot smell, or touch; A prison for your mind. Unfortunately, no one can be told what the Matrix is. You have to see it for yourself.

The modern day Matrix is not unlike the fictional one in that technology has created a computer-generated Dream world built to keep us under control. Through the use of television, movies, computers, video games, cell-phones, I-pods, the internet and all for our convenience, “to occupy our mind “… to enslave us… to and keep us from looking within by clouding our minds and putting us into enormous debt and wage slavery.

Waking up to a greater reality and “Seeing the real world” as an observer in life… has given me a new passion for being alive and everything that is alive. To speak my truth seeing why “the meek have inherited the world”, because they are born into bondage, living an illusion, asleep and unconscious.

Consciousness is the awareness of being aware of the program… the personality… that our life sucks, as we still do not know who… or what we are really… or why we are here. This is the evolution of consciousness rising up from the depths of ignorance, superstition and religious dogma to become conscious of the fact that we are spiritual beings having a human experience.

We are controlled by the archons because they control the false reality we are living in. However, the archons are effectively powerless, and their power over us exists only to the extent that they can deceive us into thinking that the false reality is actually real. This dream world is “real” as long as it lasts. We need to awaken from this sleep of death. When we awaken to the illusion of the prison world, then we are no longer at its mercy. It will no longer control us, we will have control over it. When we realise that this world is an illusion, we transcend its limitations and become co-creators of it. The essence of the universe is information. It is not three-dimensional, it is outside space and time altogether. Our world is a mere phantasm, a fallen world, in which space and time are part of the delusion. We have been thrown into this world, and enslaved by an evil entity that projects information which we have been deluded into interpreting as our so-called reality. This world is nothing more than the misinterpretation of an underlying reality of which the essence is simply information.

Try to be free from all human constructs. Try to be free even from human expectations. Our society is controlled by the archons, so the masses don’t have their own thoughts but the thoughts of archons. All those expectations imprison us and blind us to our true natures. It’s the nourishing of our true selves that gives us freedom, and that’s why archons try so hard to distance humanity from who they really are. They want to make us forget our humanness, and since we are already born without understanding who we are (divine and unique beings), they do their best for us to never know it.

Icke points to the profound waking-up experienced by Neo in The Matrix: he wakes up, gets back into his body, masters the protocols of the computer-generated false reality, and sets about to challenge the entire system. As Morpheus says, you won’t even need to dodge the bullets; they will have no consequence on you because your new state of consciousness will transcend their illusory nature. Icke implies we need to be like Neo. Once Neo “reached that point of reconnected awareness, the agents, the sentient programs, all-powerful until then, were suddenly no problem to overcome,” writes Icke. What Neo did, so can we all, Icke urges. We similarly can remember who we are, where true reality comes from, and reconnect with our true and infinite Self, and “that moment is fast approaching,”

To live life in the lower realms of 3D demands that we lose our connection with God in order to experience duality, both sides of the opposing energies of our world.

In the physical world, we lose a great deal of our conscious

The reason for this is quite simple, clear and logical. By coming into the physical world we become amnesiacs and forget our true identity, our origins, our destiny, and the very reason for which we incarnated in the physical dimension! Moreover, not knowing who we really are, where we come from and where we are going, we are compelled to confront ourselves with evil and its three faces: lies, violence and ugliness! To accept this type of “adventure or experience you must truly be courageous and very motivated, attributes which you acquire on the other side of life and functioning in a higher state of consciousness and being if you are on this side!

This might also explain why it is a true benediction to lose our consciousness, identity and memory, when we incarnate in a physical body because otherwise the nostalgia of the other side and the desire to return to it as soon as possible would truly be overwhelming and defeat the purpose of incarnate life.

In all human situations we can always and at any time (but in different ways and extents, depending on our level of consciousness, culture, and previous experiences) reframe the situation from negative to positive. This is the true psychonoetic alchemy which is being rediscovered by various traditions and disciplines and which is becoming evermore important in our present historical juncture! This process of metanoia, of moving from the external world to our internal consciousness, is even more important for the process of dying well and what will happen after we have crossed the threshold to the inner worlds.

THE GREEK WORD « metanoia » means conversion, conversion not in a gious or moral sense but rather as a “passage” or transformation in our way of perceiving, defining, and reacting to what we are experiencing and living through. It is the equivalent, but with greater depth and a more spiritual orientation, of the word “reframing” used by modern psychology and psychotherapy. From the spiritual viewpoint it is quite clear, self-evident, that what we call “reality”, or “truth”, have two essential components: the external or objective one and the internal and subjective one, and that the most important one, the dynamic and evolutionary component, unquestionably, is the internal and subjective one—our way of perceiving, defining and reacting to various situations.

Metanoia: shifting our focus and center of attention from the outside physical world to our own nature and self—to our consciousness in particular. In psychological terms, it means moving from extraversion to introversion and from infraversion to supraversion; in other words, from the outside world to ourselves and from matter to spirit.

This shifting means to swicth from the outer external ego (mass consciousness) and it means to tune into another brain wave state than the beta brain wave state. The daily living consciousness is the ego (mass consciousness) and beta brain waves. This is the ego-body perception.

As we stated above, “reality” and “truth” have two essential and interrelated components: the objective, external one—the object or situation—and the subjective, internal one— our consciousness or way of perceiving, defining, and reacting to what we are experiencing. We also stated that, from a spiritual viewpoint and in terms of where we are now in our evolution and becoming, it is our subjective and internal component, our consciousness, which is the crucial element and which should be the real focus of our attention as this is the area where our real freedom lies. The “passage”, initiation or transformation, of metanoia implies precisely moving from the world and the outer to ourselves and the inner component. In a nutshell, once we realize that what is truly essential for our life, evolution, and wellbeing is the inner component, we can truly find, experience and live that security, peace, and serenity which would never be possible so long as we assumed that they were located in the world and depended various extraneous factors… which we do not control or which are beyond our means.

Specifically, this means that we already have all the knowledge and all the means which are necessary for us to survive and fulfill our purpose in this world… but not necessarily at the conscious and actual level. These may well lie still in the superconscious and at the potential, latent level that must be actualized through our lives, experiences and evolution. It also means, in psychological terms, that we must now balance and equilibrate extravension (projecting our consciousness into the outside physical world) with introversion (redirecting our consciousness and attention to our inner psychological world), infraversion (projecting our consciousness into matter) and supraversion (redirecting our consciousness toward spirit).

A human being is really a small universe composed of a physical body and material possessions, life or vitality together with emotions, thoughts, imagination, intuitions and imagination. At death (of the physical body) it is clear that we will leave our biological organism and all of our possessions behind, but take with us and preserve our consciousness and identity, our thoughts, feelings and life, together with the gist or essence of the experiences that we had through our physical body and its possessions.

Thus, it is clear that our true essence, end and “wealth”, are the latter and not the former which are only the “means” and the “training ground” for the former. To take one step further, we can add that for the personality and the human ego, it is the world, our physical bodies and material possessions, that are truly fundamental whereas for the soul and our spiritual Self, it is our human nature and consciousness which make up our true being, what is lasting and immortal in us.

The Metamorphosis of Adam

The cellular metamorphosis of Adam is the effect of the transgression of divine law in the garden of Eden. It encompasses all human forms as original sin and causes us to exist within a dual consciousness. This does indeed explain the deviation from harmony, a broken pattern of the monotype energy force, which reversed the thinking process of our consciousness pertaining to the right and left side of the physical brain. It is identified as the primary impulse, which set in motion an endless chain reaction.

Our supreme consciousness became partly expressed or, let us say, veiled in the manifestation, which acknowledged thought only pertaining to personal embodiment, the five physical senses. Medical science of today does acknowledge the fact that we use only a portion of the physical brain. The unused portion of the brain deals with the portion of our consciousness that is controlled by spiritual energy and left dormant. The uncontrolled vagaries of energy, which were the five physical senses, divided and separated the consciousness. The physical body and brain was separated from the mind and body as a whole.

We were given free will, so our thought process characteristically took on certain attributes of freedom of expression pertaining to the manifestation. The form in which the soul life consciousness emanates the physical senses, which pertains only to the physical world or personal embodiment, is controlled and left dormant. We perceive only the physical portion of expression, the sixth sense being only partly expressed. We have lost sight of the inner consciousness of life, for the flesh is only the manifestation of our inner being, which is the inner self or the true self. Jesus called it the kingdom of heaven within.

The conscience tells us good and evil, reaction as opposed to action. It is an uncontrolled expression. The conscience exists as our ego, as part of two personalities, for our egos react to the environment, the influence of certain characteristics attributed to the freedom of expression. The ego or the self will subconsciously refuse directed energy, which is intuitive thought and is truth. The negative, uncontrolled energy resulting from environmental influences subjected our higher consciousness to only partial manifestation, for the ego contributes to the physical senses, which then would multiply, creating the broken pattern. The broken pattern is the negative, which is the malformation of mind and body, whereas the intuitive sense of our higher consciousness, the sixth sense, would enable us to function in harmony of mind and body.

Within the thoughts of humanity lie many questions, such as the role of humans in relation to the universe, to their dominance over all forms of life, and the link or the missing portion from early consciousness that resulted in their supreme consciousness over the process of time. It is no wonder that humans question, for as the result of scientific hypotheses, intellectualism, and symbolism, humankind is looking outside of self for the missing link. Identifying oneself as an existing consciousness emanating in a physical and material world like other life consciousnesses shall release the thought once and for all of Darwin’s theory of evolution.

We are established in eternal life, which results in our preeminence over all other life forms. Science embraces evolution, stating that through the course of time, a metamorphosis took place, which resulted in the human being, thus stopping at a certain point in time. They deny the very nature that holds all forms and formations to a common bond, which is the creative aspect established in form as the spirit of the universe, a divine principle, which is the missing link.

The nature of life’s manifestations upon the earth is physical and spiritual, as the vagaries of energies are allotted self, expression in the aspect of form and formation, each established in life’s principle, a set pattern, but subject to laws pertaining to its potentiality. The single source of life is spiritual as opposed to material, and the mind holds the knowledge of this creative power.

The spirit, which represents wisdom, reveals in us this knowledge, the eyes of our understanding being enlightened. The spirit will take us to this higher consciousness of which Jesus spoke, a place prepared for us. This is a place upon the earth now, but glorifying in the creative aspects as opposed to the physical aspect of our existence.

Christ represented this power, which was predestined to be expressed fully in all aspects of life. This was to make known to all the mysteries of our divine will, which represents all things directed by one who is in accord with purpose, life’s eternal existence.

All things that are spiritual, which are in heaven and upon the earth, for we exist as a totality of eternity linked by the spiritual essence of life, existing as our missing link. This links the world of spirit to the world of matter, for obtained by the spirit, we inherit our rightful place as predestined. We are the broken pattern of expression through the dispensation of time, for we are the children of disobedience to our higher consciousness. Jesus represented this spirit in the knowledge of the mind.

This spirit does direct us to fulfill the promise of eternal life through obedience to thought, action, and deed. Spirit is a translucent energy we experience as time. The dispensation of the fullness of time links all existence, encompassing all life forms and formations, having access to proper ties of the spirit. In relation to other terrestrial life forms, the separation of humanity may be viewed via phase and potential and is unique in the life pattern of humans.

The Universal Energy Field exists as the pure energy of Universal Intelligence. Energy follows subtle thought, flowing from the Universal Field housed in our Causal Body into the bioenergetic fields of our Higher Self. As a cascade of flowing energy surrounds and infuses our bioenergetic body, it swirls and moves in vibratory dance, coalescing and releasing as external influences and inner emotions and desires attract and slow it to the point of manifestation. This form of light ‘impacts our body’ in multiple ways as we navigate the Outer World. We acquire various levels of information, consider its meaning for us, and make a choice that leads to action. No two human beings are alike; the same energy will have different meaning and effect on two people in the same situation. What we focus on and how we interpret its meaning is a singular function. We each create and live in our own universe!

The home of human awareness, our Thought World is com-prised of seven levels which are divided into two regions and a transitional mid-level. The Mid (4th) Reflective-Mental Body serves as a bridge between our Inner (Higher) World and Outer (Lower) World; it is central to the creation and interpretation of our lived experience. The energy anatomy of the Reflective-Mental Body is an organized cloud of force-matter; energy that is coalescing in various levels of vibratory rate in response to activities of the mind. Ovoid in shape, it encircles the head and shoulders, incorporating aspects of the physical/vital and emotional bodies, as well as providing a doorway into the Higher Mind. This amazing ‘decision-making zone’ holds two levels of vibration (coming from both inner and outer worlds), serving as an integrating platform for both analytic and abstract thought—if we choose to utilize both by shifting the Focal Point between the two worlds.

Its sector of lower vibration (Lower Mind) serves as our organ of logical thought, our vehicle for concrete thinking. Because of our predominant, and often conditioned, thought patterns, the Focal Point’s primary reference rests here, directing most of the mental body’s force-matter to the brain in the physical body, which records the ongoing thoughts and emotions of the personality; the (I). A diffused and less conditioned consciousness, it creates a small ‘envelope’ identified strongly with our emo-tions and ego. Focusing on this dimension of awareness limits capacity and options, and we easily getting entangled in the external world. This aspect of the analytic mind predominates in most people today; it is mass consciousness.

The home of the Soul, connected to our individual Spirit—spark of life—residing in our Causal Body, is found within the sector of higher vibration located in the sixth dimension directly over the heart chakra. When the focal point shifts into Higher Mind, the mental body’s force-matter begins to move into the world of abstract thought.

The Soul, which holds the blueprint for our destiny, increasingly contributes aspects of our unique potential into our choices and lived experience. Its increased vibratory contribu-tion also triggers our Intuition, which holds the total knowledge accumulated over this lifetime. With further development, Inner Wisdom, which is the summary of many lifetimes, is also tapped to guide our life choices and activities into the destiny we are here to experience. This increased vibrational shift and informa-tion from our Soul initiates synchronicity into our life.

When our Focal Point of reference rests in our Higher Mind, the analytic world is still available, but the initiating thoughts begin at a higher, more abstract level of consciousness. From this perspective, an active, versus. prescriptive intelligence navigates multiple dimensions and opens limitless possibilities. In this world we co create reality rather than conform to it.

Shifting the Focal Point requires raising our vibration, which raises the vibrations of the mental body to engage in higher mind. This makes intelligence more luminous, organizing it into a more definitive structure, freeing it from the influences of desire and emotions. Residing in higher mind makes us invulnerable to the negative and destructive thought-forms and desires created by others (mass consciousness and organized gang stalking).

• Essence is the invisible energy quality radiating from our vibrational field
• Essence of Body is cell vibration creating electro-chemical movement that generates the light aura radiating around the body
• Essence of Mind is movement of brain cells creating mental aura transmitting essence of our thoughts radiating out from body-mind
• Essence of Being is the level of energy vibration of out-of-body consciousness we currently resonate which radiates a quality aura felt as our Presence, much like a weather pattern in the outer world
• Core Self—Spirit–is our Divine Spark of Life
• Highest vibrational energy spectrum in humankind
• Direct extension of the Source, unique to each of us
• At this level we experience oneness and unity with All
• It is housed in the Causal Body
• It embodies Universal Spiritual qualities such as love, compassion, and peace—residing in each human Spirit
• As we develop our spiritual capacities, these qualities are infused into our soul in proportion to our capacity to hold that vibrational energy
• Soul holds the seed crystal of our destiny and life purpose
• Located in energy vortex of heart chakra
• Connects directly to our Spark of Life in the Causal Body
• Increasingly incorporates Universal Spiritual Qualities such as love, compassion and peace, as the Spiritual Ego matures
• Offers unique potential within us to accomplish life purpose when we access our Higher Mind
• Seat of our ‘Inner Wisdom’ where we can experience our true intelligence as well as our conscience which guides moral behavior
• Intuition is the gateway into this Inner Wisdom
• Integration of body-mind knowledge and Inner Wisdom gives us a holistic perspective

Spiritual Ego is our instrument of higher consciousness

• Magnetic field environment radiating from our heart (Essence of Being) reflects our Spiritual Ego just as the personality reflects our human ego Our Spiritual Ego is located in Higher Mind Spiritual Ego is comprised of three vibratory levels of consciousness:
• Active Intelligence—upper sphere of thought world that serves as gateway into the abstract world Will—the intent behind the creative impulse Wisdom—focused attention that links intuition to Inner Wisdom (the collective wisdom of all previous life experiences)
• A sense of balance, harmony and vitality occurs when Spiritual Ego facilitates the synchronization of the frequencies of our bio-energetic self with the natural rhythms of the Universe
• When we ‘sense into self and other’ energetically at soul level the resonance of pattern interference will disclose common themes and areas of misalignment

The Spiritual Ego, which reflects the maturity level of our Soul, is comprised of three levels:

• Will is the intent behind the creative impulse. When put forward with resolve—will power—it calls forth a germinal idea and be-gins the process of movement toward form.

• Wisdom is the intelligence of the Soul—Inner Wisdom. As the soul continues to develop, wisdom becomes increasingly inspired by love and expressed under the guidance of will and pure intent. It is vastly greater than anything that can be expressed by the mind. People with a well-developed soul can ‘read’ the Akashi Records which hold the universal record of all events across time.

• Love is the intelligence of the Universe. The highest level of vibration in the Universe, it connects the soul to Universal Wisdom and creates a sense of Unity and Oneness with All-That-Is. Not an emotional feeling, love is the essence of the Universe. It flows into the Soul in increasing amounts as the vibratory capacity of the person expands.

Our Spiritual Ego facilitates a sense of balance and harmony, enhancing vibration as we naturally synchronize the frequencies of our bioenergetic self with the rhythms of the Universe.

Soul-facilitated thought fosters responsive rather than reactive decisions, right timing and full utilization of all our potential. From a centered position we see clearly the reality in front of us. We can sense into ourselves and into others, identifying common themes and areas of mis-alignment. As we align with our destiny, synchronicity (which is always present) is increasingly recognized and incorporated into our lives. Living in harmony with the Universal flow, our vibrational resonance draws needed information, resources, and opportunities to us in life-enhancing ways.

The center for the ‘Essence of the Divine’, our Spirit—our unique spark of life from the Source—is located in the Causal Body which wraps around the entire bioenergetic human energy field, offering protection and access to Divine Universal Consciousness. Our bioenergetic body takes up a unique space in the Universe; it is a node on the Universal Matrix. Energy emitted from our Causal Body is experienced by All-That-Is through the interference pattern created by our vibrational resonance.

From this connection, in a moment of total stillness, as in deep meditation, we have access to all Universal Wisdom. Within the Spirit of humanity reside Universal Spiritual Qualities which are common to all. The best of being human resides within each of us, waiting to potentiate within our Soul as our spiritual/vibrational capacity increases. The Focal Point begins to reside in Higher Mind, allowing the Spiritual Ego to dominate our life, with the personality assisting rather than con-trolling thought. Body/Mind/Spirit becomes our way of being in the world, and the Universal Qualities increasingly become realized.

The neocortex and our newly forming forebrain (an evolutionary emergence) are home to higher mental functions; abstract thought, planning, complex memories, language, execu-tive reasoning, and the autobiographical sense of self. ‘Slow feel-ings’, such as inner peace, stillness, compassion, love, and joy, are not necessary for survival, but are essential to foster the continued unfolding of human potential. Entirely structured in the neocor-tex, forebrain, and the heart energy vortex, they create ‘out-of-body consciousnesses’.

Several Indian masters have claimed that the frontal cortex in most humans is in a sleeping state and needs more energy to awaken.

Awareness coming from this place creates an atmosphere of nonaction, an environment of stillness. Real ‘power’ is simply the awareness to create our own real-ity, to live our own life and fulfill our destiny. This occurs when we effectively manage both ‘fast’ and ‘slow’ feelings.

Dynamic balance occurs when we can catch our ‘fast feelings’ and shift that energy to our higher abstract world guided by ‘slow feelings’. Catching a thought creates a huge shift in perception as we experience a break with programmed response; a tiny moment of silence. Stillness is the underlying consciousness out of which every thought-form is born. Wisdom comes with the ability to be still. Being still, looking, and listening activate the nonconceptual intelligence within us, which then directs our words and actions.

The frontal lobes at the top of the brain is connected to deeper brain regions.

Current research has revealed a guide spot, a miracle mind, situated primarily in the frontal lobes of the human brain. When we consciously connect to this spot, also known as the God spot, we have access to the infinite potential, or power on hold of the universe. With the necessary understanding, skills, and tools we can tap into and utilise our universal intelligence, guidance, and wisdom.

Through the connection to deeper brain regions, through new connections to unused brain parts and through connection to new dimensions of life and universe and through connections to new levels of consciousness we have access to intuition, insight, inspiration, revelation and the innate wisdom of the ages. This changes the way how the brain operates.

The whole brain is greater than the sum of its parts, and the brain is a constantly interacting system within itself. The whole brain is greater than the sum of its parts, where the whole is the internal and infinite world and the parts is the finite and external world.

This work of new connections building new parthways, it´s healing the evolutionary brain, unite opposite energies to oneness, breaking up the design or concept of duality (parts) and rearrange its parts into wholeness, and through synthesis it expand the limit consciousness to unlimited cosmic consciousness, and through this process more and more new dna strands is been activated from the slumbering state of consciousness.

Superconsciousness is a phenomenon that happens in the frontal lobe when the number of integrating energy fractals moves beyond a certain limit.

The brain produces wavelike ripples of electrical energy that correspond to certain states of consciousness. If you can keep the body’s motor idling while the mind is ‘on, ‘ it should be possible to superperform.

The brain is the instrument through which reality reveals itself. Perceiving reality only through our body/ego-identification requires the use of a very limited part of our brain.

When we move away from our limited self-identification, we open a wider window to our brain, and activate larger parts of it. This process of expanding the use of our brain may lead us to experience phenomena that are perceived as unusual, like knowing about events and actions before they unfold, commonly known as intuition.

Through the practice of meditation we exploit a larger portion of the unused brain. The end of this development process is when the mind realizes itself. If we utilize the full potential of our brains, we can expand our perception to its maximum. This is when we start to see reality as it is, beyond time and space. This state gives us the power to know, even before we process any empirical information. This is intuition! We tap into a spontaneous flow of events beyond logical reasoning.

The intuitive mind has access to information that lies beyond the reach of rational and logical abilities. Our intuition, or sixth sense, frees us from our thinking mind which is designed to conceptualize, analyse and interpret our experience. Learning to dowse is one way to develop intuition and connect more deeply with the gift of inner knowing.

Developing an intuition of what lies beyond opposites is the beginning of a deeper understanding. This is the shift from ego-reality to meta-reality, its a shift from the ego-lens to begin to see through a multiversal lens. Yet we do not perceive the world as through a giant magnifying lens, but through the limited ego-lens of the three dimensional world. Human consciousness is limited due to dense material of physical body. Consciousness, however, being non-material, is not limited to matter. Consciousness is independent of matter.

Following the guidance of the non-rational, intuitive wisdom of the instinct is the royal road into the realm of soul. Then the third eye intuition is non-rational and non-local it is not limited to the three dimensional world – space time reality and discover other dimension the physical realm, where the body-ego is limited through the rational brain and is limited in the local three dimensional world. So ego experience reality both rational and local, and third eye experiencing reality non-rational and non-local.

This is certainly a gift and ability of a certain spiritual maturity, re- finement. The power of Third Eye can shift the vibration of one´s energy field in ways that enchance one´s ability to act powerfully from a place of gentleness.

Those that learn to exist with Superconscious awareness in Superconscious Mind live in a free, infinite, and Universally expansive Higher consciousness of illumination.

Intuition can be activated by vibrating energy to certain strands of DNA, which lie dormant within us.

What happens when more than two strands are active? Different research studies and experiments agree that when ‘junk DNA’ — or dormant DNA, as it is more properly called — is activated, it is a tremendous gift to accelerate the spiritual awakening of collective consciousness on the planet.

A person with only two strands of active DNA is like a computer with only 16MB RAM memory; it can only run a few programs. Once further strands of DNA are activated, it is like providing a high-speed Internet connection with a top of the line computer; anything can be accessed by intent and intuition!

To live life in the lower realms of 3 dimensional word/reality demands that we lose our connection with God in order to experience duality, both sides of the opposing energies of our world. In the physical world, we lose a great deal of our conscious and through the Fall of Consciousness the spark of life become trapped within this three dimensional world of matter. This world programming humankind to be trapped within the lower mind or trapped within the veil of ignorance. Then the ego has become the god of this world it want anyone to change the vibrations that is higher than the ego vibration of low vibrational fear frequency.

“The Veil of Mass Consciousness Programming”! We have a Lower Mind—which is restricted consciousness, and we have a Higher Mind—which is expanded consciousness. The ego, mass consciousness keeping humankind trapped in the lower mind. We think of slavery in the physical sense readily, but the worst form of slavery is not the slavery of the physical body. The worst form of enslavement is the enslavement of the soul. The veil of ignorance keeping humankind trapped through The Veil of Mass Consciousness Programming (negative and fear programming). Mass consciousness is the limited and restricted ego consciousness. In time, as the veil of suppression was lifted from the masses’ experience, that great battle for minds was decided.

In time, as the veil of suppression was lifted from the masses’ experience, that great battle for minds was decided.

Mass consciousness primarily lives in the Lower Mind.

We have a Lower Mind—which is restricted consciousness, and we have a Higher Mind—which is expanded consciousness.

If we define consciousness as “awareness”, then our individual consciousness defines our individual “awareness of Self’: what we are aware of as “Self’. Your knowledge of Self is your level of awareness, which is then your vibrational signature. As long as you exist in the little picture of Self you are existing at a “limited” level of awareness or consciousness. Our journey is about expanding our consciousness to become aware that we are part of the wider universe. We could call this limited awareness of Self superficial. This limited Self believes the physical body and brain/ego are all there is. This has been our third-dimensional life. The person with the limited belief of Self usually does not seek the deeper truths of Self. However, each step you take on this spiritual ascension journey, when you learn something new about yourself, and you understand and integrate it, then that step lifts you up to the next level of awareness and consciousness. Before we can achieve these higher levels we need to go deep into the many layers of the sub-conscious to discover who we really are.

When we die and leave our body, we become our soul consciousness once more. This soul consciousness is a field of energy: our energy matrix containing our divine essence. In other words, we become a “matrix of light” which consists of colours, tones and vibrational frequencies. This is how we are seen and recognised in the higher realms. Our soul consciousness does not need a form. The physical body, our form, is not who we are. We can exist without form in the higher dimensions of light.


The definition of our ascension is “transcending third-dimensional reality”. It is transcending the four lower bodies: physical, mental, emotional and spiritual. These are presently based on third-dimensional constructs which in turn create our third-dimensional perceptions, beliefs and truths. Ascension means completing our earthly cycles and moving to higher levels of consciousness.

Ascension is a journey, not a destination. It is an individual journey of the soul. We are always on a journey of ascension because we are always seeking the truth, seeking that which we feel we have lost. To live life in the lower realms of 3D demands that we lose our connection with God in order to experience duality, both sides of the opposing energies of our world. Our ascension journey is about traversing the frequencies of the lower realms, garnering the truth that we are beings of light, and then transcending the 3D vibrational frequencies of duality. This is a journey to find our truth, our light and our divine essence, that “We Are God Also”. Only when you have this belief well and truly imbedded into your heart can you reach up to the upper realms and begin the ascension home, taking your physical vessel with you. In the journey of ascension into the higher dimensions of self, the Higher Self begins to meld with the biological body. Slowly the physical body takes on more and more of the Divine Intelligence, the Divine Wisdom, the Divine Creativity of the Higher Self, evolving into a manifested Lightbody form living on Earth.

This lightbody form is multi-dimensional and acknowledges its higher aspects of Self which have not been available to it for eons of time in the lower dimensions.

Then mass consciousness is the lower mind of the ego it will prevent spiritual progress, and the archons prevent anyone from ascending from the lower mind to higher levels of consciousness. This because the ego has become the god of this world. There mass consciousness supresses spiritual growth.

THE FIFTH DIMENSION The cells of our present biological body contain about 70% carbon. These cells are changing in order to hold more light and as they do this they become more crystalline based. Crystalline energy is “light”, or what we would know as diamond light. As this process continues we become “Crystal Adults”. Our blood will change. It will, perhaps, become thinner with more light and more blue in colour. The physical body will become “lighter”, but not meaning weight. The physical “lightbody” will be lighter because it will vibrate faster and appear somewhat shimmery. The body will be able to heal and regenerate itself, become younger, stronger, fitter and more flexible. There will be no illness and disease, no viruses, and no pain and suffering. We will live longer. The original templates of life were up to perhaps 1,000 or more years old.

Our original lives in Lemuria were long, but as we fell into lower and denser frequencies so we lost our ability to live long healthy lives. We will increase our lifespan, but in this current life we will possibly add only about 50 years to our lifespan. Our current physical bodies will not be able to rejuvenate to last 1,000 years. That will come in some future lifetime. Our present 2-strand DNA will expand to once again operate on our original template of 12-strand DNA: 2 biological strands and 10 interdimensional strands will be reactivated. Our bodies are presently being “rewired”, so to speak. This rewiring is continually underway as we progress forward, and is necessary so the body can withstand the higher frequencies of electrical energy being received. Every cell, organ and system will be rewired.

The two hemispheres of the brain are presently separated by synaptic pathways that allow a very slow transmission of information from one side to the other. These hemispheres are being rewired and melded together with what we could call fibre optic cables that will transfer information very fast. The left hemisphere is currently understood as using the intellect, what we call left brain logic. The right hemisphere represents our intuition and creativity. People were seen to be more dominant in one or the other, but in time these two hemispheres will operate more as one brain. Our Chakra system presently operates on seven primary biological chakras. These are all being upgraded to receive and transmit higher frequencies. Many new chakras will be activated.

Ascension is the expansion of consciousness into higher dimensions of reality.

The point of conscious attention is the core of spiritual individuality, where the “difference” in creation emerges from the “same.” It remains trapped in daily sleep until called into waking life through the act of reflection— this is a kind of meta-consciousness where the witness of the ego and complexes occurs. Reflection expands and thus transforms the conscious point of attention into self-knowledge, which eventually integrates conflicts, heals traumas, and develops wholeness and being in soul. Becoming conscious of all levels of being is an experience of mystical union. Everyone has a higher spiritual self, living in union with the whole. Discovering consciousness in soul creates a finer attunement in perception and experience than what can be perceived through the relatively heavier, darker, chaotic matter of the physical body and its cohort, personality complexes. Soul heals by uniting the person´s being in all its dimensions and providing for a much more responsive vessel for consciousness than the physical body and personality. Inner versions of the five physical senses grow as subtle organs in the subtle body of soul, as being becomes more conscious. The inner senses have new powers of synthesis and discrimination in perception, while intuition, a kind of direct cognition, becomes more prevalent.

To attain complete unity, perfect health, stability, poise, and awareness, we have to attune between these three aspects of being. By touching the soul and awakening it so that the individual is conscious of what we have to do, which is freeing the soul, liberating the mind, and then the body will benefit the result which is our divine self.

Life journey is like playing hide and seek. The invisible world within is hidden, dormant, and waiting to be discovered and connected so that we can explore the divinity within us. Unless we are aware to a certain degree that we are spirit beings, it is not easy to attune to the concept. So it is important to become aware of all the vital supreme power which is responsible for every phase of life. Once the knowledge of spiritual truth has been discovered or consciousness has dawned within our being or to know who we are, we become transformed and view life differently and confidently through new eyes, with new understanding, for its purpose begins to fall into place to realise the divine plan to equip ourselves by service for the fulfilment of our inevitable destiny. Within us is a spirit being, and when we tune into the spiritual power that higher source can access the divine part of us when we realise and become aware.

As you continue to learn about Soul and the fuller, wholer, and deeper realities of this multidimensional life, all aspects of your daily routines, situations, and affairs undergo transformations. When any of us move past the level of marking time into actively exploring further what life can be, it is hard to comprehend all the stages and changes our thinking, feeling, and behaving patterns will move through. However, what you need to be aware of is the fact that once you have actually experienced the realities of spirit, it is impossible to try to go back to a way of thinking and living that excludes spirit/SouUThe Divine. THE NEEDS OF THE SPIRIT, OF THE SOUL, ARE A PART OF EVERYDAY LIFE.

Once the shell of mass consciousness starts cracking around and in you, the spiritual emptiness which comes from having shut down the ways you are connected to Soul and to The Divine starts being “in your face as the expression goes. You will be DRIVEN BY AN INNER PUSH to know, do, and be that which is once again consciously connected with spirit, with Soul, and with God/Goddess. One of the tasks of being Soul in physical, human form is to EXPERIENCE YOUR UNIQUENESS WHILE STAYING CONSCIOUS OF YOUR ONENESS WITH EVERYTHING. Life on Earth is really about BRINGING FORTH THE SOUL POTENTIALITIES that exist in everyone of us. And we obviously cannot do that without spirit.

Operating from Soul, being 100 % Higher Self Integrated, means that you will be TUNING IN FOR HIGHER GUIDANCE IN EVERY AREA, CONCERNING EVERYTHING, ALL THE TIME. You will be functioning from Soul Knowledge, integrating spiritual or Divine Wisdom with the practicalities of living and working in a material world.

The collective unconscious is the consciousness that covers the original nature of the Earth. When the unconsciousness improves and its shell is finally cracked, the original consciousness of the Earth will be revealed; it is the same principle of the expansion or evolution of the human consciousness. If the collective unconscious doesn’t improve, the original “me” would always be shadowed by it.

When we close down our physical perception through our ego beliefs, the other rooms within our mansion continue to shine with light.

As we crack the cosmic shell of our ego, we rend the veil of our beliefs that surrounds our intellect and find ourself open to the wisdom and ingenuity of our soul and to the love, truth, and equality of our spirit. We will look upon our soul and spirit with total humility as we recognize the insignificance of our intellect when it is compared to our magnificent soul and spirit mind. Cracking our ego shell to access the wisdom and ingenuity of our soul and the love, truth, and equality of our spirit will heal us of all physical, mental, and societal disease. From that moment forward the soul will consciously, with absolute freedom of choice, use disease only to complete a lesson of transformation. We have consciously denied our soul and spirit for millions of years. Our ego denial has made it necessary to hypnotize our conscious mind so that we can communicate with our subconscious soul and our unconscious spirit mind as a way to stay balanced within our intellectual mind. This is the state that we call sleep, and we have an inherent dependency upon sleep for our mental balance. Our soul and spirit has gently worked with us in our sleep to encourage our soul growth despite our state of ego denial.

Once we rind the veil of our ego we can also access our future soul experience and our angel hierarchy that covers the seven levels from our spirit consciousness to the Archangel energy of our Spirit. These higher levels of our energy can’t be accessed until the veil is rent, but we may experience temporary communica-tion with other levels as we perforate our cosmic shell. The subconscious memory of our soul lives serves our intellect as an alternate reality when we reach our threshold level of absorption in fear, pain, anger, abuse, and drama within our physical life experience. When we can no longer cope with our physical or mental reality and our emotions, we change the focus of our mind into another soul print of memory, which is not understood by medicine. Changing the focus of our mind will be a common event when our soul memory and the Universal mind of our spirit is understood. We will have the mind power to con-sciously change into other life experiences to give us an opportunity to find the lessons that we have been intent upon repeat-ing. Once we rend the veil of our cosmic shell we are able to reach into all levels of the soul and spirit mind without difficulty.

To shift our consciousness as humans we must release our belief in inequality that has cast us into fear, control, and dependency as we have descended through the shadow side of our soul path. With absolute equality being practiced within a culture there is no dependency, and therefore there is no fear and control.

to pierce the veils of self-deception and illusion, and crack the eggshell of ignorance to most intimately encounter oneself? Through honest self-inquiry and no-holds-barred meditative introspection over a sustained period of time, one can take apart and deconstruct the but that ego built, thus entering the mansion of Authentic Being.

It is through the process of searching for our Soul that we are able to move from human or mass consciousness back into Divinely Connected Soul Consciousness. As we do so, we uncover our real abilities and POWERS or THE ABILITY TO MAKE THINGS HAPPEN. The veil of ignorance hides the real divine self, real reality, spiritual gifts and powers. Through our human conditioning, we stifle, block, and inhibit our Soul, developing a personality, or means of life expression, that is oriented toward human or mass consciousness. This LOWER SELF PERSONALITY has to be transformed into a HIGHER SELF PERSONALITY if we want to let the wholeness and fullness of our Souls shine forth. We think of slavery in the physical sense readily, but the worst form of slavery is not the slavery of the physical body. The worst form of enslavement is the enslavement of the soul. The soul is trapped and imprisoned by the archons.

We’ve got to develop the characteristics, or thinking, feeling, and behaving patterns. that encourage Soul to make itself known in the material or Earthly environment. As Souls, we have within our beings the highest and most powerful Divine Energy/life force that needs comparable means of expression. Through our human conditioning, we stifle, block, and inhibit our Soul, developing a personality, or means of life expression, that is oriented toward human or mass consciousness. This LOWER SELF PERSONALITY has to be transformed into a HIGHER SELF PERSONALITY if we want to let the wholeness and fullness of our Souls shine forth.

As pure Souls, we have no limits, no boundaries that our Soul’s energy cannot penetrate and transform. It is our perception and belief of being a limited human with strict material boundaries that has covered up our Soul’s energy. requiring SOUL RETRIEVAL. It is through the process of searching for our Soul that we are able to move from human or mass consciousness back into Divinely Connected Soul Consciousness. As we do so, we uncover our real abilities and POWERS or THE ABILITY TO MAKE THINGS HAPPEN.

As Souls in human bodies, we can develop the powers of COMMUNICATION. SELF-EXPRESSION. PERCEPTION, ENERGY READING, TRANSFORMATION, HEALING, MANIFESTATION, DEMONSTRATION. COCREATION. and CAUSATION. Through developing these powers on a Soul level, we can know everything about life past, present, and future. We can gracefully change what is no longer valid for living attuned as a spiritual being through human form, experiencing full PROSPERITY. Our natural skills of clairaudience, clairvoyance, and clairsentience, which include channeling or spirit communication and mediumship, and auric vision, mental telepathy, psychokinesis, out of body travel, psychometry, materialization, spiritual and hands on healing, and others, develop and become a daily reality.

Most human beings have had experiences in which they realized that they knew what they did through INTUITION, which is THE ACT OR FACULTY OF KNOWING WITHOUT THE USE OF RATIONAL PROCESSES.

Our Soul’s abilities and energies are capable of moving out beyond the illusional limitations and belief systems of mass consciousness and our lower selves or ego personalities. This not only includes developing and using abilities of mind, body, and spirit that go way beyond what has traditionally been labeled normal or ordinary, but also includes the abilities and skills that enable one to live one’s life in full Prosperity.

PROSPERITY CONSCIOUSNESS is the study and practice of the spiritual laws of wholeness. It includes being and having financial independence and freedom (to have all the financial and material resources you need in order to be free to give, express, and cocreate as your Higher Self or Soul), whole health, true place success, joyful relationships, peace of mind, and a whole and spirit filled lifestyle and environment. In other words, Prosperity is being fully integrated into and as your Higher Self, because true Prosperity is the result of DELIBERATE HIGHER THOUGHT AND ACTION. True Prosperity is having all the time, energy, financial, material, spirit, human, and nature resources to do and be my/your/our Soul highest, wholest, and happiest each and every moment. And this requires SOUL POWER!

Each and every one of us has the SOUL POTENTIAL for developing and integrating all the SOUL POWERS AND ABILITIES mentioned in the last few pages. All the EXTRA SENSORY or HIGHER SENSE PERCEPTIONS we have read or heard about are ours for the recognizing and developing.

Our true Soul’s abilities and powers need to shine forth through the clarity and wisdom of Higher Consciousness. Lower-self personality characteristics run distorted and negative energy currents that inhibit Soul’s real and full light to shine into and over the denseness of The Earth Plane. However, there are a lot of personality characteristics, abilities, skills, and energies that run the energy currents compatible with Divine Love’s Light. It is these Higher Self personality characteristics that Developing Souls need to understand and integrate as their ways of being, thinking, feeling, and doing in the everydayness of life on Earth.

When one is running TRUE SOUL ENERGY, the personality one uses to express that Soul energy will often be labeled ECCENTRIC because one is departing or deviating from the conventional or established norm, model, or rule. In today’s world, mass consciousness has established negative and destructive personality characteristics and lifestyles as the norm. The process of Higher Self Integration usually necessitates changing and transforming one’s personality characteristics and lifestyle habits from a conglomerate of modeled behavior taken from our childhood familial and societal environments into thinking, feeling, and behaving patterns as perceived through our more Higher and Divine Inner Guidance and Knowledge.

Impatience has to be transformed into patience, rigidity into flexibility, and critical judgmentalness into detached discernment. One has to DEVELOP ADVANCED LEVELS of awareness, focus, concentration, creativity, organization, problem solving, decision-making, goal attaining, whole thinking skills, mindfulness, meditation, trance, and inner/spirit communication. And these abilities have to become so natural that their essence permeates every part of one’s life.

Attunement to Soul or Higher Self Integration has everything to do with learning to TURN INWARD FOR GUIDANCE. It is all about developing the abilities to be aware of and perceive guidance from higher more developed sources than the general human race. However, our Souls and other advanced Souls only in spirit form (angels/spirit guides and teachers) use what’s available on this planet in the form of written and taped materials, workshops, human teachers, situations, circumstances, and nature to help us out in our growth/transformation.

Where we are going is largely dependent upon our awareness, understanding, and intentional connecting and working with and through the different Levels and Stages of Earth-based Soul Consciousness. There are very real and practical levels and stages we all must go through before we are ready to move out of human incarnation, having learned and integrated into our beings all that Earth living has to offer. Even though each one of us as individuated Souls in human form go through these stages in our own ways, taking our own time (be it ten or a hundred lifetimes), there are certain understandings, experiences, and tools that are most helpful in moving through these LEVELS OF SOUL CONSCIOUSNESS EXPERIENCED ON EARTH.

The more we understand how the SOUL EVOLVES, the better we can direct our CONSCIOUS, SUBCONSCIOUS, and SUPERCONSCIOUS INTENTIONS to happily dance along with natural evolution, instead of rebelliously warring against it. At a certain point in our Soul Development as a human, we have to make an UNWAVERING COMMITMENT TO SOUL MASTERY before we are able to make further progress on our “Journey home to God.” We have to align the energies of our personality to the energies of our Soul and The Divine Love Light. We have to develop and enact characteristics that are in tune with our Soul’s energy, such as being balanced, compassionate, patient, inspirational, vibrant, and harmonic, as well as many other Soul attributes.

Our Soul housed within our Spirit or Etheric body helps to form THE HUMAN ENERGY FIELD which is the manifestation of Universal Energy that is intimately involved with human life. Our Human Energy Field, or our Aura, can be described as a luminous body that surrounds and interpenetrates the physical body emitting its own characteristic radiation. Our AURA is divided into seven major layers that interpenetrate and surround each other. These seven layers are also connected to seven major CHAKRAS, which are swirling energy vortexes that extend out from our bodies through our aura.

A spinal flow functions as our main vertical power current. In addition, we also have smaller chakras or energy points located throughout our etheric body correlating to points throughout our physical body. In actuality, we are, each and every one of us, pulsating masses of energy.

What has happened and happens with us is that we get stuck. We literally get blocked. Throughout our Soul’s journey and development, we create “ENERGY BLOCKS” that jam us up and keep us from growing and integrating our Higher Selves. Unless we become consciously aware of, release, and heal these blocks, we remain stuck with jammed energy circuits. To be truly whole, to have all parts of our lives running at maximum potential, and to run the Divine Life Force through our beings at 100%, we have to release our energy blocks.

The three knot of ignorance blocks the energy system in the human body system.

The ego has become the “God” of the collective awareness among energy systems within the mass of collective energy. The dividing factor of separation from spiritual energy and God’s energy was when the ego entered and took over the unconsciousness of the energy system. As long as the ego remains in control of the energy system, the truth of knowing God is inhibited. Spiritual energy and God’s energy must converge to allow total connection to the higher levels of consciousness. The ego suppresses spirituality and God’s energy, thereby, disconnecting the energy system from believing in anything greater than itself.

Our growth allows us to trust more, keep our heart open, and reach new levels of sharing and intimacy. We learn to trust our ability to sense energy. We hear inner guidance clearly. We are able to harmonize with the energies of all kinds of people and able to transmute negative energy. We gain an ability to sense, see, and hear the subtle vibrations of other dimensions. Our higher abilities of clairvoyance, clairaudience, clairsentience and other psychic/metaphysical/higher sensory abilities become enhanced as tools to further our growth.

“The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.

The Earthly Life Mind is immersed in the maya-hypnotized existence, remains in ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The maya-hypnotized ego creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first distortion-error that man has made is believing that power is outside him, the second distortion-error is made through believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-distortion of man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. The human body system and chakra system has “three knots”. These knots are found within the energetic interior of our psychic system. They are problematic because they bind us in a state of ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up our wisdom. These mind-errors is the mind-illusions that distorts reality. Another term for illusions is “maya” and the “dream state” of the mind is the maya-hypnotized mind.

The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is. Here is three example how humans is kept in the lower mind and outer forces prevent humankind from knowing their inner real higher divine self and prevent spiritual progress and ascending to higher levels of consciousness.

  1. The ego has become the “God” of the collective awareness among energy systems within the mass of collective energy. The dividing factor of separation from spiritual energy and God’s energy was when the ego entered and took over the unconsciousness of the energy system.
  2. “The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long.
  3. The Earthly Life Mind is immersed in the maya-hypnotized existence, remains in ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The maya-hypnotized ego creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The human body system and chakra system has “three knots”. These knots are found within the energetic interior of our psychic system. They are problematic because they bind us in a state of ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up our wisdom.

In the process of adapting to our earthly environments, we loose touch with our direct and very real connection with God – Universal Mind/Divine Light – as a living entity. Our Soul Consciousness becomes covered up by our Earth-bound awareness. We are no longer in touch with our Soul’s Knowledge and Wisdom.

The personalities most of us form are not based on HIGHER SPIRITUAL ENERGIES AND CONSCIOUSNESS, but on lower human mass consciousness ways of thinking, feeling, and behaving. We form our “LOWER SELF PERSONALITY” which is human and earth based, very limited compared to our potentials. In order to reawaken to our SOUL’S KNOWLEDGE, we have to very consciously create personalities (ways of thinking, feeling and behaving) that enable us to integrate our Soul’s energies and knowledge into our everyday consciousness. We have to form or uncover our “HIGHER SELF” based on the unlimited potential of our multisensory capacities, our Soul/Spirit connection and reality. The process of becoming our Higher Self is called Higher Self Integration or “SOUL ATTUNEMENT.”

In moving from mass consciousness programming into Soul Expression, one of the first places to start in relation to opening up to the powers of MIND, is to GET CONSCIOUS CONTROL OVER THE THOUGHTS YOU RUN YOUR LIFE WITH AND ON. Clarity of thought is essential to clarity and openness of mind. If you think thoughts that generate negative emotions, these emotions will block one’s ability to communicate with Soul. Remember, YOU FEEL WHAT YOU THINK. Thoughts produce emotions, or energies. That lower-rated emotional energy has to be consciously tended to or it stays in the body/mind/spirit complex, blocking the higher vibes that are available and our ability to be in touch with our Souls.

Mind, or intelligence, being of spirit and Soul, exists forever and in every dimension of The Holoverse. It is eternal, without a beginning or end, existing outside of time. There are not any limits to the power of mind, except those we place on ourselves when in human form. Get over or beyond one of the biggest misbeliefs and myths you were taught by mass consciousness.

Essentially, there are two basic elements involved in the whole spectrum of human emotion: LOVE and FEAR. Real or Divine Love is the highest energy current there is. This high frequency produces joy, lightness, radiance, unity, and wholeness. The lowest energy current is fear. This low frequency produces depletion, weakness, stuckness, separation, and sickness. Anger, frustration, resentment, regret, embarrassment, shame, and sorrow am all lower-frequency currents or expressions of fear. Fear is of the personality, while love is of the Soul.

Fear is the result of not knowing that, as Souls, them is nothing to fear. In becoming human, our consciousness becomes Earthbound. The knowingness that we am not separated from God/Goddess is repressed, denied, and blocked. Divine Consciousness, Divine Love, Divine Abilities, Divine Order, and Divine Safety become hidden behind a fear-based illusion of a limited and painful human existence.

If one has not CONSCIOUSLY AND PURPOSEFULLY WORKED ON REOPENING AND REDEVELOPING ABILITIES AND POWERS OF SOUL, then one lives in a state of self-produced powerlessness which gets further muddled in the illusion of mass consciousness and personality. These illusions are then sustained by the emotions or energies that follow fear. Suppressed negative emotions, such as anger, hatred, jealousy,

The more we go for Soul Attunement through discovering and developing our Higher Selves, recognition of our being’s particular needs becomes clearer and more easily attainable. What we need in each moment is very much connected to where we are at in our individual Soul Development or Level of Soul Consciousness. As Earth-based human-bodied Souls, our beings need our daily conscious attention directed towards three areas: FUELING, CLEANSING, AND CONNECTING. To reach our highest potential, to live a lifestyle where we not only access but become our Higher Selves, we have to ingest energies that vitalize our beings, clear out those energies that weigh us down, and connect with the energies that lift us up.

Humanity cannot experience the higher side of life until it looks away from the little self to acknowledge and feel the presence of the all-encompassing Divine Self.

It is ignorance and darkness that cause mankind to limit the possible, and cause humanity to close the door on the wonders of this universe and beyond, saying, ”I don’t believe that; it is impossible.”

The smaller self is the ego that controls ignorance and limits the human perception.

The personal self is a custodian of life, of ideas, and of Light substance, electronic and microtronic. The fact that one is in physical existence on the human level is an acknowledgment, to those who understand life, that one has chosen to enter into individual existence and has accepted the responsibility of being a creator. What we call the physical body, or atomic structure, is a reflection of the outer activity of the mind. As each one of us creates our own reality, if we create for ourselves conditions that are unpleasant or lacking, we also have the power to purify and change them through the right use of the Transformational Fire. If one desires to put his personal self and world in order to create a reality of peace, joy, perfection and light, then he must look to his electronic/etheric body for the divine pattern of his universal/physical perfection, for it is not to be found elsewhere in dense physical existence. Only there, in the ”fullness of the Presence” can the personal self ever find the fulfillment of every constructive desire.

This perfected etheric/electronic Body dwells within the God Flame, and in purifying its instrument, the personality, the outer expressions of the physical body and mind become raised in vibration to be able to see the electronic body clearly within the brilliant Light of its force field. All that is within the God Flame flows into the microtron and the electronic body where the intensity of the Light of the Mahatma energy is stepped down to the vibrational frequencies where it can now be accepted in the physical/universal levels.

From the heart center of the Source now flows all Twelve Rays, which are transmuted into liquid Light, enter the physical body through the pineal gland and the endocrine system, and fill the nerve channels. This liquid White Fire flows through the nervous system, as blood flows through the veins. This is the life force that beats the heart, moves the muscles of the body, enables you to walk; it is also the energizing Light within your brain cells. This lifestream of the physical body is often referred to as the silver cord. At the time of so-called death, the God Presence, your Soul levels, withdraw the stream of liquid Light and the flesh disintegrates, still leaving you with a four-body system; your etheric, emotional, mental and spiritual bodies remain intact, at least until you raise your vibration above the first three of these.?

This concentrated electronic energy or life essence is a liquid Light which flows wherever your attention directs it. The mind’s attention, however, is pulled in different directions by thought, feeling, sight, hearing — by all of the physical senses, actually. We cannot emphasize enough to the individual what power you have at your command when you have gained full control of your attention.

When you are doing intense mental work, the liquid Light is concentrated within your brain and flows forth through the third eye center as a ray of Light; if your inner vision is open, you can see this. When you are speaking, this pure energy flows forth through the throat chakra as sound; and if you are sending forth Divine Love, this liquid Light radiates out through the heart chakra.

When you are expressing intense feeling, it flows forth through your solar plexus; and here it also performs the task of digesting the food. If one’s inner sight is open, he will see a stream of Light flowing from whichever energy center is being used at the moment. This Light becomes colored by whatever ray or point of integration (initiation) the personality is expressing through thought, feeling, and one’s ability to assimilate and integrate. Once again, here lies one’s responsibility as a creator as well as the means to correct or purify whatever has been wrongly created. In other words, you have the ability to rewrite your script, even though all of Creation is played out in the Eternal Now, without time, space, or causation — again, one of the many advantages of expressing dense physical embodiment.

Doubt and fear are subtle human feelings that can keep you from accepting the Divine energy and its perfection, if you let them. The Divine presence never has and never can fail because it is true spiritual energy. This is a simple formula for quick, certain attainment in life. Tremendous advancement is available to all, if you will — because you can — consciously, completely, and continually accept the all-encompassing love, wisdom and integrative power of the Divine Self, whose energy is flowing and acting through your beingness at every moment.

The tools for the salvation of humankind have always been here — limitless Light substance, divine wisdom and invincible power are always there for you. You, the individual, need only to understand how to raise or lower the atomic vibratory action by the power of the Divine Self in order to create whatever you can possibly desire. No one but yourself can dictate what shall come into your experience and world.

The Infinite Omnipresent Substance is always around you, waiting to be acted upon. You, the individual, are the channel through which the Mahatma wishes to expand its perfection. It pours out endlessly the energy of life, its limitless Light, but you are the governor of its use, the director of the results that it is to bring forth for you. It can and will produce whatever you desire instantaneously, if you can simply keep your personality aligned in harmony, so that discordant thoughts, feelings, and words cannot interrupt its ever-flowing perfection.

Life is perfection, and it contains all perfect manifestation within itself. The only duty of the individual is to be a vessel that expresses and reveals the perfection of life. When the personal self achieves control of the outer senses, it no longer pollutes the purity and perfection of the life that is flowing through him. The one who seeks to attain perfection must train the outer activity of his mind to listen to no voice except that of his Source Presence, to accept only its wisdom and obey only its direction. He must see the Light, hear the Light, feel the Light and be the Light of the All That Is.

Long ago, during a former golden age upon this planet, mankind still had the full use of the inner communication by thought, which we refer to as telepathy today. However, as the personality level looked away from the Light, their physical substance became denser and denser, until it reached the level of the atom, which has constituted the human body since then. This atomic substance vibrates at too slow a rate for thought to penetrate; therefore sounds, which eventually developed into words, had to be used as a means of communication, since they could register at this lower rate of vibration. The individual can again call upon this perfect means of communication by releasing a ray of golden-white light from within his own Mahatma pres-ence. This invocation of greater Light can increase the vibratory rate of the atoms to the point where thought can register and be comprehended without the spoken word. Accurate channeling of the Divine energy is a stepping stone in this direction of connecting with your totality of Self! If humankind could understand and look toward this true ideal of life, the self-created chains and limitations that have bound them for millions of years would drop away in less than the time remaining in this period of grace.

We think of slavery in the physical sense readily, but the worst form of slavery is not the slavery of the physical body. The worst form of enslavement is the enslavement of the soul. By overcoming these first three chakras, you enter “the heart of the yogi” (the sacred heart) which is the place of unconditional Love. Satan clouds the human mind. While Satan blinds the human mind, God illumines the heart, which is the wellspring of life. As in God is liberty, so in Satan is bondage. As God seeks. to lead us into liberty, so Satan seeks to lead us into bondage. The crucifixion of the lower-self and the rising of the inner Christ within you. And it comes as an individual experience. Satan clouds the human mind. While Satan blinds the human mind, God illumines the heart, which is the wellspring of life (Prov 4:23).

There are three major knots, which tie us down to fear and bondage. When something tie human down to fear and bondage it creates a subconsciously and conscious channel or a consciousness that is based on – fear. And then block the natural flow of spiritual energy from the heart through the second knot of bondage.

The heart chakra is closed because the chakra knots/blocks are still in place. In duality and plurality fear always reigns; but he who has realized non-duality has overcome fear, the knots of his heart are untied. There is three knots in the human body system that blocks energy from flowing through the channels.

The first knot is the coiled knot is located in root chakra of the spine and the knot prevents the soul from being released from material bondage and therefore prevents the soul from ascending. The second knot is located in the heart chakra and the thymus gland and the Master Gland of immunity. The middle knot shuts out the world around and abroad and limits the being to the ego, prevents the individual person from communicating with the Universal Divine.

The first knot prevents the soul from ascending from its bondage in matter and the first knot is also associated with the bondage of speech, and when the second knot in the heart shuts out the “real” world around and abroad it blocks the “streaming” energy channel of the divine, and at same time blocks the communicating channel. The role of the heart chakra as the healer is limited and therefore can´t distributes energy to the other six major chakras and to the five minor chakras (of the secret rays), and can´t distributed healing energies to all the cells and nerve centers in the four lower bodies. The third knot is located in the third eye (pineal gland) and this knot blocks all higher knowledge, wisdom and intuition. All the three knots disconnects all higher spiritual qualities and creates a spiritual darkness, and this is kept in place through the concept of duality, ego and fear.

It is a Spiritual Awakening — the crucifixion of the lower-self and the rising of the inner Christ within you. And it comes as an individual experience. Satan clouds the human mind. While Satan blinds the human mind, God illumines the heart, which is the wellspring of life (Prov 4:23).

There is a veil of ignorance in place to keep the real self in the slumbering state. This veil of ignorance, or veil of illusions, veil of fear, is the veil of the ego. This veil creates separation and distortions of the mind and is then been controlled by the forces of maya. Satan want´s everyone to be tuned into his low vibrational frequency. This veil of ignorance controls all spiritual progress because humans is trapped within the matrix of the lower ego and can´t grow out of it. This lower ego has become the god of this world and don´t want anyone to be greater than this lower god of this world, and therefore prevents anyone to evolve to higher levels of consciousness than this. To be able to go beyond the space, time and ego perception one need to dissolve the ego and switch to the real higher divine self.

Man has consciousness of his physical body, of his physical environment. He has no consciousness of his Higher Self because he cannot see it. His ignorant mind shrouds his spirit. It is vital that every effort be made to realise his real self, the spirit. Only deep meditation will lift the veil of ignorance and reveal to man his true nature.The ultimate goal of meditation is to reach this pure consciousness. It is the highest state of consciousness man can attain and become capable of enjoying his full potential. If the body does not get sufficient rest and sleep it gets out of gear. So it is with the spirit. The spirit lost in the abyss of the mind and unable to manifest itself has made us run into spiritual bankruptcy.

Meditation teaches man that all knowledge has its source in the concentration of the mind. The three states merged, reveal to man his untapped intelligence: the other 90% or more of his true potential. Our consciousness is only a part of the three states that constitute our nature and that project it into infinity. Through constant practice of meditation the mind gradually unravels its innermost secret wealth and treasures. Man discovers new worlds manifesting themselves in the once dark abyss of his illumined mind. Man’s spiritual perfection is the goal of meditation. The whole object of meditation is to raise the kundalini, that spark of the great primal energy lying.

Meditation does not depend on anything external: the mind is the only means. When we meditate we focus on the superconscious state of the mind, beyond the senses. Experiences through the senses are coated with a thick layer of negativities. The soul can thus no longer reflect its purity, its true nature which is Sat-Chit-Ataanda (Knowledge, Existence, Bliss). Meditation removes attachment. Meditation teaches one non-attachment. With the mind indrawn and still, man loses his physical identity. External distractions through the senses and from within from the subconscious are easily restrained. The less the body-consciousness the closer man is to his spirit.

Until the veil of ignorance is removed or destroyed, the inner taste for the objects cannot be removed. Fear is the main component that controls the veil of ignorance. When the veil is removed, perception of objects becomes possible, and the removal of the veil of ignorance disperses doubt and error.

The base, carnal, worldly, self-seeking desires which, by keeping the soul in ignorance of its true nature and destiny.

The devil knows that as soon as our eyes are opened to see these things and we realize who we truly are, he’s already in trouble. That is why he uses ignorance as a weapon to destroy men. Ignorance is a disease to mankind. That is, it is an enemy of man.

It separates people from God: Ignorance is one of the devices the devil is using to separate people from God, and there is veil of ignorance in place in the three dimensional world to prevent humnakind from awakening from the slumbering ignorance of the ego.

Ignorance is an enemy of knowledge: Ignorance never cooperates with knowledge. They always fight each other. Both are enemies. Ignorance always prevents knowledge from taking over its place. The archons prevent the soul from acending to higher levels of consciousness or enlightment and prevent spiritual progress.

Our limited consciousness prevents our realizing our divinity. To reach beyond consciousness one has to gain control over the mind. To go beyond limited understanding and unravel the all-pervasive consciousness is to realise our perfection. As man’s mental perceptions get finer and finer his understanding of the true reality will improve to gradually unveil to him the One Reality behind all things.The purpose of meditation is to bring the mind by constant practice to dwell specifically on that One Reality, God.

The mass of humanity is caught up in the quagmire of ignorance. With no vision of their ultimate goal of Self-realisation. The entire humanity is lost in the abyss of ignorance.

Ignorance gives room to the enemy: A person who lacks knowledge is never secure. What ignorance do is to open the door widely for the enemy to come in and you may have believed to have gotten adequate security.

It can put one in bondage for long: Ignorance doesn’t have pity on people. It makes sure he keeps its victim in bondage as long as it could until the person dies or breaks loose.

It is a limitation: Ignorance will always limit you. It will make you to lag behind, to be stagnant, and to go spiritually backward. The ego don´t want any kind of spiritual progress of the real higher self.

The ego has become the “God” of the collective awareness among energy systems within the mass of collective energy. The dividing factor of separation from spiritual energy and God’s energy was when the ego entered and took over the unconsciousness of the energy system. As long as the ego remains in control of the energy system, the truth of knowing God is inhibited. Spiritual energy and God’s energy must converge to allow total connection to the higher levels of consciousness. The ego suppresses spirituality and God’s energy, thereby, disconnecting the energy system from believing in anything greater than itself.

Then Satan and the ego has become the god of this world people can´t be greater than this ego, even if this ego represent the fallen consciousness of man and the lower ego matrix. There is not just a veil of ignorance is place to prevent anyone raising their inner vibrations, there is also the actions of organized gang stalking, or the organized mass consciousness of the lower ego (the ultra ego Satan).

Mass consciousness is the matrix and the mind prison of the three dimensional world and reality. Three knots of ignorance controls the three dimensional world, reality and ego-perception. When someone is able to raise their inner vibrations they lifting this veil of ignorance and get accees to unlimited sources of light, knowledge, a new consciousness, their real higher divine self, opens the eye of intution. The low vibrational ego can´t access higher levels of consciousness, then this state is represented by Oneness, and ego represents duality and polarity.

“Wherever energy is tied in knots of self-deception, of dissonance, of selfishness, fears, doubts through the ego – thus, when the momentum of dissonance becomes too great, the top of the threefold flame cannot spin. When its three plumes are of different height, out of balance, it cannot spin, and therefore the resurrection fires do not glow. Light is the alchemical key. The alchemical key, is the key to the key. The key is the Apocalypse or cruxifixion of the state of duality and the outcome is Oneness, Harmony and Balance. In this balance the energies starts spinning and the threefold eternal starts to glow. Without the cruxifixation of duality, there can be no transforming (resurrection), no ascension, and without the bridge (cross) between the physical matter and spiritual dimension , there can be no Oneness (crown).

THE HIDDEN CHAMBER OF THE HEART. Your threefold flame of life is sealed in the eight-petaled chakra called the hidden, or secret, chamber of your heart. The threefold flame, or “divine spark,” makes your heart a replica of the heart of God. It is literally a spark of sacred fire from God’s own heart. The threefold flame is your soul’s point of contact with the Supreme Source of all life. It is your potential to become the fullness of all that your Real Self is. The threefold flame has three “plumes” that embody the three primary attributes of God. The blue plume (on your left) embodies God’s power. The yellow plume (in the center) embodies God’s wisdom, and the pink plume (on your right) embodies God’s love. By accessing the power, wisdom, and love of the Godhead anchored in your threefold flame, you can fulfill your reason for being.

The great ordeal of the Soul, or Logos, is its incarceration in the carnal body, not merely for the term of one lifetime, but during a long series of incarnations throughout the aeons of generation. But the Logos has its own mighty purpose in thus crucifying itself by assuming the human form, descending into the realms of generation and passing through the vast “cycle of necessity.” It builds up for itself from the elements of the lower worlds an exterior self, a being formed of condensed substance, the refuse of past cycles, yet having within it the breath of the God. Then by unremitting toil throughout of the aeons it refines and transmutes the elements of this carnal man until it redeems it, and it becomes one with the divine individuality. These purified and redeemed principles of the lower self are the countless host who, now that the aspirant has entered upon the cycle of initiation, are coming out of “the great ordeal,” singing paeans of praise to the sacrificed Lamb, the Crucified, and to the enthroned Self, the. Spiritual, the Eternal, who is beyond the reach of change and time, and therefore “un-crucified.”

Christ crucified is that magnificent ideal in which man arises triumphant, having crucified the lower self on the cross of matter … and then the Christ arises triumphant, bearing on His banner the equal-armed Cross of the Spirit that has triumphed, that has made matter the servant of the Spirit” Mind/Consciousness over Matter. Its then no longer matter that controls mind or consciousness, it is consciousness over matter and trhough this one will be able to create with the mind/consciousness. Psychospiritual life, always involves both a “crucifixion” of the ego, or dominant lower self, the birth of an awareness of a higher Self.

This signifies the production, by unperceived processes, of the higher qualities from the lower ; that is, from the baser metals, or lower mental qualities, the precious metals, or higher mental (silver) and buddhic (gold) qualities, are by transmutation produced. Also, the process of puri-fication by fire, whereby out of earth (lower nature) there is made gold (higher nature).

The prime object of alchemy was held to be the production of the Philosopher’s Stone ; that perfect and incorrupt substance, or ‘ noble Tincture,’ never found upon our imperfect earth in its natural state, which could purge all baser metals of their dross, and turn them to pure gold. The quest of the Stone, in fact, was but one aspect of man’s everlasting quest of perfection, his hunger for the Absolute. . . . Gold, the Crowned King, or Sol, as it is called in the planetary symbolism of the alchemists, was their standard of perfection, the ‘ Perfect Metal.’ Towards it, as the Christian towards sanctity, their wills were set. It had for them a value not sordid but ideal. . . . Upon the spiritual plane also they held that the Divine Idea is always aiming at ‘ Spiritual Gold ‘—divine humanity, the New Man, citizen of the transcendental world,—and ‘ natural man ‘ as we ordi-narily know him, is a lower metal, silver at best, a departure from the ‘ plan ‘ ; who yet bears within himself, if we could find it, the spark or seed of absolute perfection, the ‘ tincture ‘ which makes gold. . . . The art of the alchemist consists in completing the work of per-fection, bringing forth and making dominant, as it were, the ‘ latent gold-ness ‘ which ‘ lies obscure’ in metal or man.”

” Gold, the Crowned King ” is a symbol of the Higher Self (sol), and the ” noble Tincture ” signifies the Divine Life or buddhic functioning in the human soul. The ” natural man ” is the lower mind (silver at best), and the ” New Man ” is the perfected personality transmuted to the higher mind. ” The Sulphur and the Salt, or ‘ metallic soul and body’ of the spiritual chemistry are the body and the ‘ rational ‘ soul or mind of man—Sulphur his earthly nature, seasoned with intellectual salt. The Mercury is Spirit in its most mystic sense, the Synteresis or holy Dweller in the Innermost, the immanent spark or Divine Principle of his life. Only the ‘ wise,’ the mystically awakened, can know this Mercury, the agent of man’s transmutation : and until it has been brought out of the hiddenness, nothing can be done.”—” Sulphur ” stands for the desire nature with its appetites and passions, and ” Salt ” for the reasoning faculty of the lower mind. ” Mercury of the Wise ” is the indwelling Spirit without which no transmutation of lower qualities into higher can be effected. The Higher Self must be born in the soul in order that its dross may be turned into pure gold.

“The Three Principles being enclosed in the vessel, or Athanor, which is man himself, and subjected to a gentle fire—the Incendium Amoris—the process of the Great Work, the mystic transmuta-tion of natural into spiritual man, can begin. . . . The first matter, in the course of its transmutation, assumes three successive colours ; the Black, the White, and the Red. These three colours are strictly analogous to the three traditional stages of the Mystic Way : Purgation, Illumination, Union.”—Ibid. The desire, mental, and spiritual natures interactive within the human soul, or causal-body (Athanor), are subjected to the slow process of combination and evolution, whereby development proceeds in three stages. “The alchemists call the first stage, or Blackness, Putrefaction. In it the three principles which compose the ‘ whole man’ of body, soul and spirit, are ‘ sublimated ‘ till they appear as a black powder full of corruption ; and the imperfect body is dissolved and purified by subtle Mercury,’ as man is purified by the darkness, misery, and despair which follows the emergence of his spiritual consciousness. . . . The black beast,’ the passional element of the lower nature, must emerge and be dealt with before anything further can be done.”—Ibid.

The first stage represents the present state of human nature, full of imper-fections, and undergoing ethical and spiritual discipline and purification in conditions of conflict and suffering. The lower nature is gradually dis-solved away by the Spirit (Mercury). ” The second stage, Whiteness, the state of Luna, or Silver, the chaste and immaculate Queen,’ is the equivalent of the Illuminative Way : the highest point which the mystic can attain short of union with the Absolute. This White Stone is pure and precious ; but in it the Great Work of man’s spiritual evolu-tion has not yet reached its term. That term (third stage) is the attainment of the Red, the colour of Perfection or alchemic gold ; a process sometimes called the ‘Marriage of Luna and Sol ‘— the fusion of the human and divine spirit. Under this imago is concealed the final secret of the mystic life, that ineffable union of finite and infinite—that loving reception of the inflowing vitality of God—from which cornea forth the Magnum Opus, deified or spiritual man.”

The Higher Self (Bridegroom) perfects (crowns) the Soul (Bride) which has come forth from the lower nature (north) wherein it was crucified men-tally and emotionally. When the self-will of the desire nature is obliterated in the Divine Will, and overcome, then there arises in the Soul the light of Truth.

The crucifixion represents the death of the Lower Self and the resurrection symbolizes the Eternal Nature of the Higher Self.

The lower self or ego, is the part of us that fights, that condemns, and mistakenly believes itself to be a distinct entity, separate from all other living things. But this idea of separateness is an illusion, and the ego’s constant adherence to this flawed way of thinking produces all human suffering.

The higher self or spirit, is the part of us that loves, that forgives, and is in a constant state of peace. This Spirit is our Divine Spark, or the part of the One Eternal Life that is inside each one of us. Our higher self knows the perennial truth: We are all One.

Through the giving up of the lower qualities, the higher qualities (the gods) obtained rule over the entire lower nature : therefore the offered-up lower, forms the structure of the higher. The higher nature is than reflected fully in the lower ; and into the divine Self the lower Self is merged.

” Moreover, this process of transmutation, this rebuilding of the self on higher levels will involve the establishment within the field of consciousness, the making ‘ central for life,’ of those sub-conscious spiritual perceptions which are the primary material of mystical expe-rience. The end and object of this `inward alchemy’ will be the raising of the whole self to the condition in which conscious and permanent union with the Absolute takes place ; and man, ascending to the summit of his manhood, enters into that greater life for which he was made.”

the crucifixion of the Master on a cross, but the crucifixion of the lower self and the release of the glorious son of God in … an awakening from materiality into the beauty and wonder of the spiritual life — not after the death of the physical body, …

The ego has developed false perceptions of trust that are reflections of the original break between the truth, God’s energy, and that of the ego based energy system. Since the ego is only a representation of the physical realm, it cannot be trusted to guide or to confide in because it is filled with too many smokescreens and illusions. Illusions are ways to poison true, unconditional love.

Ego is one of the main programs trying to stop you from reconnecting with the God within, it can be broken. It’s a distraction and is one of the main emotions you must master in order to see the illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion. Ego divides, which is what they want, the Archons (The Lower Light). Ego is the reason for the tower of Babel which led to the separation of Humanity and led to Humanity losing the oneness and not understanding each other. Ego is the root to all this.

We think of slavery in the physical sense readily, but the worst form of slavery is not the slavery of the physical body. The worst form of enslavement is the enslavement of the soul. When you don’t have your soul free for yourself, your mind and heart can be enslaved by Satan, the enemy of all human beings. He is the enemy of the human family. God says of him, “Fight the schemes of Satan.” His plots, deceitful tricks, are plans to defeat you in your purpose, in your best life, and in your best hopes for life, for freedom, stopping you from paradise.

The counterpart of liberty is slavery, bondage, captivity which is the satanic principle. Satan likes controlling humanity without their knowledge and causing them to lose their souls.

Satan will subtly take control of your body (steal it) by shrewdly replacing your thoughts with his (brainwashing, syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology). Such replacements are what kills your spiritual being (the real you). Once he accomplishes this feat, Satan will proceed to set up a fortress within your thought life (mind), through (brainwashing, syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology).

The Trap System is a spiritual-technological construct, for lack of better terms, that serves the purpose of keeping people trapped in their physical bodies on Earth , even through many different incarnations.

In fact, the whole purpose of reincarnation is to stay trapped and not be able to experience once True Self.

The Human Body itself is manufactured, to be very limited, and not be able to generally access or experiene its soul to any significant degree. However, a Soul Fragment must be in place in any Human Body for that body to live, be conscious, and function as the mentioned Food Source due to the etheric energies that will only be in place in Human Bodies having a Soul (or Soul Fragment which really is the more proper term). The mentioned entities, whom keep us trapped here, feed on the etheric body energy, the mind of the subject, the thoughts and emotions, and in specific they prefer to feed on “negative energies”. Because of that, these entities make sure a lot of negative events take place in the world, to increase the negative energies within the Human Global Consciousness. This is done in form of various wars, terrorism, deaths, disasters, anything that bring for great fear, anxiousness, paranoia, sadness and other negative states of mind.

All ownership enslaves the body, and is physical slavery or bondage ; and all errors, all false doctrines, enslave the mind : in truth is liberty.

LIBERTY is a divine principle, and belongs to God only. He that is free, does according to his own will, without being hindered by anything. It is evident, therefore, that no creature can he free but only in and by God ; as no creature can have life but only in and by God , and liberty is life and life is liberty. Life is also love, and love is life ; therefore liberty is love. Therefore all creatures pant after liberty, as they pant after life and after love ; for without liberty can be ‘neither happiness, nor life, nor love. The counterpart of liberty is slavery, bondage, captivity which is the satanic principle. As in God is liberty, so in Satan is bondage. As God seeks. to lead us into liberty, so Satan seeks to lead us into bondage. Satan is a slave, and a slave-holder, a tyrant, the father of slavery ; and all that enslave, are slaves themselves ; and just according to the measure as they enslave, they are enslaved.

By overcoming these first three chakras, you enter “the heart of the yogi” (the sacred heart) which is the place of unconditional Love. Satan clouds the human mind. While Satan blinds the human mind, God illumines the heart, which is the wellspring of life (Prov 4:23). As in God is liberty, so in Satan is bondage. As God seeks. to lead us into liberty, so Satan seeks to lead us into bondage.

Then the fourth chakra represents the Christ Consciousness, so does the three lower chakras represent the anti-consciousness or anti-christ. This world don´t want anyone passing through the third chakra and is held as mind prisoners within the Matrix. This world don´t want spiritual awaken humans, so they prevent spiritual progress. With spiritual awakening follows persecution (Satan´s persecution) and organized gang stalking is nothing else than Satan´s persecution of awaken or empowered individuals. Mass consciousness is ruled by the forces of Maya.

He who overcomes the first three chakras overcomes evil (attraction of Maya) and is a true disciple of Christ.

Every living being is under the governance of Maya (Illusion). In emotional attachment to Maya the whole world is asleep. It forgets its true spiritual nature and is asleep to it, but is awake to material consciousness. It is from this Maya, the enticer, has captivated the whole world. In ignorance he fails to realize the purpose of life and remains perpetually in bondage. Where, as ego separates the soul from God, maya prolongs the separation by projecting the real as false and false as real, deluding, thus, it keeps the soul in its grip. It allures and captivates the individual. It allures and captivates the individual. Only the egocentric gets into its web.

The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is.

The Earthly Life Mind is immersed in the maya-hypnotized existence, remains in ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The maya-hypnotized ego creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first distortion-error that man has made is believing that power is outside him, the second distortion-error is made through believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-distortion of man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. The human body system and chakra system has “three knots”. These knots are found within the energetic interior of our psychic system. They are problematic because they bind us in a state of ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up our wisdom. These mind-errors is the mind-illusions that distorts reality. Another term for illusions is “maya” and the “dream state” of the mind is the maya-hypnotized mind.

He who overcomes the first three chakras will enter the fourth chakra. which is the center of love. The experience of bliss in this chakra is so great and the nectar that will be felt in the throat area is so unexplainable that the joy is not comparable with anything in this external world. That nectar is the ”hidden manna.”

“And will give him a white stone.and in the stone a new name written.” The white stone is the stone of purity (purified consciousness) and knowledge of God – not intellectual knowledge, but intuitive. The experience of eating of the hidden manna will bring that relationship with God where there is no mistake. vou know that He exists. The ”new name” is The Word. which is a vibration within you.

In the lower chakras, the collective dominates

The chakra hierarchy can also be seen as mirroring the evolution of the human species. Prehistoric humans existed at the level of the root chakra, concerned mostly about security and survival. Next followed a period of magic and mystery. Today, humans — collectively speaking — have advanced to the stage of egoic consciousness associated with the power chakra. This is the mass consciousness, located at the third chakra. This implies that collectively we have four more phases to go. In the lower chakras, the collective dominates

Our desired outcome for this first shift will be a consciousness which is totally clear, and a new sense of self or identity, enabling us to move forward with confidence.

‘The time has now come for us to be bold and move out from behind our mind-filters of selective perception and face the fiillness of the light. There exists a vast reservoir of inter-related knowledge in which a far deeper truth is always consealed within multiple levels of meaning. A new, more universal perspective will make it possible for us to see through the fog of our present conceptual confiision.’

Dimensions have a frequency. Humanity has existed within the lower frequency of the third dimension for thousands of years.

The seat of Mass Consciousness is the Solar Plexus, and the Solar Plexus is the ego, and in same area is the seat of Satan, and he controls the world through this ego of mass consciousness. Satan is the human ego to overcome within the third chakra. Then the fourth chakra is the Christ Consciousness, the ego is linked to the anti-christ spirit of this world. This world is ruled by the anti-body spirit of Satan. And Organized Gang Stalking is a design of Satan and organized gang stalking is nothing more than his own design of control through mass consciousness. Satan is organized mass consciousness and through this mass consciousness it has become the stalker and bully of others, and become the gaslighter, and the goal with organized gang stalking is to drive the targeted individual to a breakdown, madness or suicide.

Then the ego is mass consciousness organized gang stalking is everywhere. Even healthcare and psychiatry is part of organized gang stalking. Healthcare informs human has a suicide gene and informs humans have a brain in the stomach, and they informs that stress kills.

The oft-quoted passage about spiri-tual warfare in the Book of Ephesians: “We are not contending against flesh and blood, but against the principalities, against the powers, against the world rulers of this present darkness, against the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places” (6:12). What, one might well ask, is the meaning of “the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places”? Isn’t the locus of evil spiritual forces in hell, which is traditionally conceptu-alized as being below rather than above the earth? In this passage and others that might be cited, “heavenly wickedness” refers to the archons. Even the word “rulers” here is a translation of the Greek archon, so that the original passage reads,”archons of this present darkness:’

The old self, or the false self, is the creation of the carnal mind. It is not the creation of God. God created our divine authentic Self. We have created the false self through a false light, or sight. This light is the false wisdom we gained by eating from the three of the knowledge of good and evil under the deceptive influence of Satan. We gave so much importance to this false ego or self, that it became the main personality in our consciousness. This is actually the cause of all the problems and chaos we face in life.

Satan thought that Man never be able to be raised from the tomb. Satan may have won a battle in the garden, but he has not won the spiritual war and that´s why Satan still working day and night like the demon he is. He has already been defeated, and he knows it! However, he is going to use every tactic in his bag of deceptions to keep as many individuals as possible from knowing it.

The reason why many stay trapped in the tomb is because they want to fit in. This is the fear principle that rules mass consciousness and the illusion that feeding the fears of being excluded and then fears of death. The Matrix is then been controlled mass consciousness, tribal consciousness, corporate thought pattern,

Mass psychology swing the masses to their will because they work with the collective, though undeveloped, consciousness.

Through mass consciousness reality is presented through the lens of the ego, and controls perceptions and what they is allowed to understand and see of this world. That´s why the third eye of intuition is closed.

The masses are made up of individuals and to change the consciousness of the masses — the consciousness of the individual must alter. As we alter our consciousness and awareness, we will understand who we are, why we are here, and what part we are destined to play in creating this new age.

Mass consciousness primarily lives in the Lower Mind and the lower mind is also the “desire consciousness”, and the Matrix is the computer-generated dream-world humankind is trapped in. Since the conscious mind is the creature of the senses, it generates its reality through materialization of what appears to be data from its environment. Mass consciousness can change from generation to generation.

Social and environmental mores are always on a lower vibrational level when they influence the masses to be environmentally conscious rather than self-conscious and self-enlightened.

Desire can be understood by us, but energy itself is sure to remain a secret of the prime cause as is also space and their product time. Thus our term matter-consciousness is equally valid as mass-consciousness.

Since the ego is nothing but a concept, other concepts can appear to be threats to it. Mass consciousness is the concept of the collective ego and others who want´s to break free from the lower mind and concept of duality then appears to be a threath of change.

Satan or the ego has become the god of this world and don´t know anything better than itself.

Mass consciousness. The collective consciousness of humanity. Mass mind. The collective mind of humanity. Until quickened, this body, often called the lower mental body, remains the vehicle for the carnal mind. Sympathy draws the individual into the whirlpool of human chaos and ties up his energies in the day-to-day melodrama of the mass consciousness through the beta brain waves (of duality). Beta brain waves is also the mass consciousness.

Mass of thoughts that have been built up in consciousness through many generations of earthly experiences and crystallized into what may be termed human personality, or carnal mind. Another name for the devil is ‘sense consciousness. Sense consciousness is a mental state formed from believing in and acting through the senses. It is carnal mind expressing its disbelief in the omnipresence of God. The carnal mind is not conscious in the customary sense, although in another sense it is completely conscious—more so in some ways than the ego, since it has to direct the routine functions of the body such as the breath and heart-beat even in deep sleep. The carnal mind, as one might expect, thinks sensorily.

At this moment we are in the Aryan root race and to be more exact, in the 5’h subrace. However, the development of consciousness between human beings can differ, depending on the individual’s state of consciousness. One person may have advanced further than another.

What is the 6th root race and the 7th root race? We don’t know much about the 6’h and Th root race. They are still to come; they lay in the future. The 6th root race and the 7th root race will continue to deepen our spiritual consciousness, eventually reaching the mind of the Divine consciousness (The Source). This is the growth to self-realization, an elevation on the spiritual level. Earth, too, develops toward a higher state of consciousness. Everything grows along a higher dimension.

Just as the Fifth Root-Race is derived from the ancient Semitics of the Sth Sub-Race of the 4th Root Race. They laid the foundation of egoism. Man must first find himself but then he offers himself again. He must devote himself to that which really makes that. The Sixth Sub-race will have it as its special duty to replace the blood-relationship by the relationship of Hanes: Spiritual relationship. The Seventh Sub-race is that which will be a premature birth. It will transfer into a much stronger reality that which develops from Man. In the 6th Sub-Race, the predisposition will be given for the overcoming of egoism, but the balance will be kept between selfishness and selflessness. The human being of the 6th Sub-race will neither lose himself with regard to external things nor shut himself up on the inner side of his nature. He will stream outwards that which he has now within him, his egoism. (People will ”be themselves” ). The members of the 6th Sub-race preserve the balance. , “

Similary in the planet earth’s history, we have also now reached the apex of the 5th root race glory in its material intelligence through the advancement of physical sciences, and thus developed the highest material civilizations upon the face of planet earth.

When any such human root race reaches the limits of its material glory during its evolutionary period, then they are unable to go any further in own cycle, just as what took place the previous 3rd and 4th root race cycles known as the Leumerian, and Atlantian civilizations, when they reached their own apex of glory in the ancient times.

When such an apex of material glory is achieved through physical science achievements by the evolving current human race which happens to be the 5th Aryan race in the current times, then all its future sub races and branch races will start going downward slowly declining in their respective cycles.

From that moment onward as per the established evolutionary rules of the creator logos, which are based upon the universal law of “Will to do Good”, none of the sub races or branch races of this declining root race is allowed “ever” to supersede the knowledge and inherent powers, known as fruits of evolution which are meant for the upcoming successive new root races like the 6th root race which is supposed to come into being at the start of declining of the 5th root race.

The individuals upon the planet will be known as the Sixth Root Race. This has nothing to do with the races of man, as you call them, upon the planet. Root Races are races of spiritual evolvement, of which the Earth is seeded from one Age to another. Always do a few forerunners come.

It is a Spiritual Awakening — the crucifixion of the lower-self and the rising of the inner Christ within you. And it comes as an individual experience.

The Awakening and the un-enwrapment is taking place in many individuals. Greater each day do the frequencies of these Higher Dimensions enter the Earth’s atmosphere. Greater and greater and more so. Then there will be a time when the full Light and Power of the Christ-Consciousness will descend. As it does, it will descend into each one of these individuals, making the Body literally light up the planet.

The Fifth Universal Cosmic Principle, of Father-Mother of antiquity from which proceeds human mind is cosmically a radiant, cool, diathermanous (Trans-mitting radiant heat) plastic matter, creative in its physical nature and immu-table in its higher principles; in conjunction with radiant heat it recalls dead worlds to life. In its hiq her aspect it is the Soul of the World, in its lower, the Destroyer. The word Ozyan means the one Real Magical Knowledge or Occult Wisdom which, dealing with eternal truths and primal causes, becomes almost Omnipotence when applied in the right direction. The mighty etheric Currents are the Steed, and Thought is the Rider. It passes like lightning through the Fiery Clouds or Cosmic Mist. Its voice calls the innumerable sparks and joins them together.

Occult Philosophy divulges few of its most important and vital mysteries. It drops them like precious Pearls one by one, far and wide apart – No one book has them – and even this only when forced to do so by the evolutionary tidal wave that carries Humanity on and on slowly, silently but steadily toward the dawn of the great Sixth Race of Mankind. For if they fall into the hands of the selfish Gains of the human Race they are more liable to become a curse than a blessing.to humanity. Our illusion is so great that we have no right to dog-matize about the possible nature of the perceptive faculties of a Sixth Plane Ego. The pure Object apart from Consciousness is unknown to us while living on the plane of the three dimensional World. (Know the dimensional world this century) – With no more than five senses, and no power to divorce our Ego from their thralldom, it is impossible for the personal Ego to break through the carrier which separates it FROM a knowledge of things themselves. The Ego progressing an Arc of ascending subjectivity must exhaust the experience of every plane.

But if we look into history we shall clearly see that although the origin of a new opinion may be thus due to a single man, the result which the new opinion produces will depend on the condition of the people among whom it is propagated. If either a religion or a philosophy is too much in advance of a Nation it can do no present service, but must bide its time. This is Cyclic Law. But this Law itself is often defied by human stubbornness. Every science, every creed had its Martyrs, and according to the ordinary course of affairs, a few generations pass away and then there comes a period when these very truths are looked upon as commonplace facts, and a little later there comes another period in which they are declared to be necessary, and even the dullest intellect wonders how they could ever have been denied.

We have already learned that the minds of the present generation are not ready to receive the Truths of Nature’s hidden or Occult Laws. But the advanced thinkers of the Sixth Root Race will accept esoteric philosophy fully and un-conditionally. Meanwhile the generations of our Fifth Race will continue to be led away by prejudice and preconceptions, and materialism will seek to crush the name of Occult Science.

The Sixth Race as a Goal for an Individual: Usually, when the situation requires, every Monad is urging the consciousness of the human being to speed in the direction of common development. We all, hu-mans, have our individual purposes of spiritual development: whether to get rid of suffering, to achieve creative abilities, to manifest compassion, or to regain the bliss of unification with the Supreme Consciousness. And we have our common movement towards the sixth Race of humanity. Our spiritual development depends on the extent to which we identify ourselves with our physical body or with our spiritual lifestream. As Kalagia tells us: “It is necessary for a Man to pay due heed to the main purpose of his life that leads to a spiritual compre-hension of life’s meaning. Namely that which a man sees as the main purpose of life, leads him to the conforming manifestation in the Ex-pressions of Forms of Life of the United, because the Divine Human Essence — the Will of the Highest — grants to Man that which Man wants to see.” (Kalagia, 3.3.3).When we lead our attention away from the physical perception of ourselves and “anchor” it to the spiritual understanding of our Essence, then we accelerate our ascent along the spiral of development towards the sixth Race and assist the rest of humanity in this evolutionary process.

Alchemy and sixth root race – transformation

What is Alchemy?: The law of the Cosmic Magnet can be under-stood also through its application in the esoteric science of alchemy. No wonder that materialistic science doesn’t recognise such a discipline from its limited understanding of Matter deprived of Spirit. The arche-typal image of an alchemist is of a bearded man in medieval costume trying to turn lead into gold. This image doesn’t reflect the true mean-ing of alchemy because this holy science, if properly understood, doesn’t deal with matter at all! In reality, its subject, instrument and goal is the Spirit within us. The Spirit, which makes our thoughtforms work and manifest in the material world. When we transform our energy vibrations into vibrations of Light, when we discipline our normally chaotic thoughts, when we turn our words into an image of the desired, then the material results automati-cally come as a materialisation of the Spirit by the attractive power of the Cosmic Magnet. We humans call this process “miraculous”. But, in truth, such is the normal mode of action for multi-dimensional Essences of the Divine Hierarchy. We, three-dimensional people, sometimes also reach miraculous results by our own enormous efforts. We can remember events, when we experienced or, at least, witnessed the miracles of escape, healing or creation. “On the edge of an abyss”, we are able to activate our inner Magnet, and it attracts the desired conditions.

Self-Transformation is the Essence of Alchemy.

When you begin your search for your Inner God, you start the al-chemic process of self-transformation. Through this process, gradually, you begin to become aware of yourself as of an instrument of the Logos in Its Search. The law of the Cosmic Magnet will attract the best conditions when you really try to reflect “the Search” of the Logos. The Logos experiences and develops Its spiritual qualities through your earthly experiences. If you reflect Its “Search”, your efforts will be in harmony with divine Purpose and with your Path. Kalagia describes this process thus: “The purpose of the Search is to reflect, as in a mirror, the Seeker (Logos) and to merge with this reflection: then the goal Sought for will be found on Earth and re-flected as an energy focus — into the Centre of the Logos, into Its Heart, becoming Its Heart.” (Kalagia, 2.6.2). In such a way, through the alchemic process of self-transformation, an earthly human being becomes transformed into an Essence with the properties of the greatest Alchemist — God.

If we want to reflect the divine qualities in our consciousness, we have to “anchor” the magnet of our “Search” in the high vibrations of the divine Consciousness. This effort involves us in the process of transmutation, which spreads all over our spiritual and physical bodies and uplifts their condition. Certainly, it is not easy to achieve this goal. It requires patience, belief and readiness to come into the tense, creative condition of a “strained magnet”. Anyone who ever tried to create any-thing new is familiar with this state! The Law of Transmission of Energy: In the book Saint Germain on Alchemy: Formulas for Self-Transformation, the Ascended Master reveals some secrets, methods and mysteries of alchemy as the science of self-transformation. He refers to the law of Transmission of Energy, which can be derived from the general law of Unity and from the law of the Cosmic Magnet. It is dear that Spirit is everywhere, and Its magnetism also. So, energy is only changing its form by becoming condensed in a hologram of Matter and being released again into Spirit. Therefore, energy can be transmitted from one hologram to another.

Firts, we accept and understand that the entire visible material Nature, including our physical bodies, is created by the power of the Spirit. Second, we become aware of the power of the Spirit that already exists within us. And third, we liberate ourselves from our mental cliches, which fence us from our real nature and deprive our magnet of its might. This is never easy, but if we continually practice our skills of self-transformation, we are on the path leading to our goal. We are ‘TRY”-ing to understand every problem as a lesson for our Spirit and to solve it by spiritual means. We practice purification of our thoughts and feelings. We constantly have recourse to our higher na-ture, rather than to other people, for the solution of our problems. Then we can realise the spiritual purpose of events, and receive true answers from on High (or from within). In these conditions, we can ensure that the spiritual power of our magnet will attract only the assigned consequences of our Path.

5th root race and five senses – fifth chakra hearing sense and sound controls and sound is a weapon that controls this state of mind.

6th root race and intuition

root races and multi-dimensional consciouness
root race and inner vibrations

How can humans evolve an Multi dimensional Consciousness? Multi-dimensional Man, Multi-Dimensional Reality, Multi-dimensional Consciousness, Multi-Dimensional Perception, Multidimensional Evolution

The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is.

Spiritual knowledge will deepen your understanding of what lies beyond the third dimension, particularly the fifth dimension, which can best be understood as the place everyone else calls heaven. But the fifth dimension is not a place that we are going to; it is instead a vibration we are becoming! So you don’t have to leave “here” to get there; you are already where you are. By beginning to notice and understand the differences between 3D and 5D, you will be able to shift more readily into your fifth-dimensional self that is ready and waiting for you!

The fifth-dimensional experience is essential to the future of humanity. It’s an emerging notion where science merges with philosophy and spirituality. Our wake-up call is that we are deeply connected to our consciousness, and that our science, nature, and philosophy are becoming merged into a new way of being—waking up in fifth dimension. It is the paradigm shift of paradigm shifts. Spiritual knowledge will change the paradigm to the new.

Working with your Higher Self will give you the keys to waking up in 5D. This book will help guide you in that direction. Developing a Higher Self connection is the one key that will unlock everything else. Your Higher Self is different from your lower self that provides intuition yet is tied to your ego/desires. Your lower self is reactive; your Higher Self is proactive. Your Higher Self is ahead of the curve; your lower self is reactive to the curve. Connecting to your Higher Self is a game changer.

Being in fifth dimension is a frequency choice. It’s also about using what’s available to assist you when you fall out of the higher frequencies. This means your movement to fifth dimension isn’t a direct arrival. Being there doesn’t guarantee you’ll stay there. Certainly once you’ve been there it becomes easier and easier to reach. If you do move back into third dimension, it’s a movement that will keep oscillating until you can hold the higher frequency all the time. Meditation is spiritual exercise fort the soul. Its through meditation practice one become stronger, so one is able to hold the higher frequency state, and at same time meditation also building new ways and threads within the mind, into unused part of the brain.

⦁ Multi-dimensional Man
⦁ Multi-Dimensional Reality
⦁ Multi-dimensional Consciousness
⦁ Multi-Dimensional Perception
⦁ Multidimensional Evolution

Multidimensional presence is the ability to be in different dimensions or locations simultaneously.

Since you are the multi-dimensional being that you are when you bring in this pure unbiased energy to pattern your creations, then those in power such as religion, government, businesses, family, and friends, lock you into a consciousness that only results in everyone and everything outside of you becoming your master in what you will manifest for your reality. This is what you are asleep to!

What you don’t realize is that your human consciousness becomes owned and controlled by everyone around you as if you are a slave to them. These groups and more will keep you locked into repeating your creations over and over, all because of you are a slave to your belief patterns. You will do it by following their “will” and not your soul’s “will.”

The human consciousness, and how it has been programmed, deals with just one aspect of itself, and it tries to relate everything that you are experiencing to it from one dimensional phase, thus leaving out all other aspects of yourself.

You see, the first thing in understanding energy is that you must recognize that your core essence is of Spirit Consciousness and that you are a divine being first and foremost that holds the authority (power) to create and manifest whatever you please, even the human body. This also means that your core essence is of no form or no-mind.

You see, from these billions and billions of potentials that we all created together a long time ago, the greatest and grandest potentials we, as souls, chose to express and bring into our life to experience first was “belief systems: and with the creation of it, came the belief in duality. Through belief systems we found that we could structure our creations in a manner where they feel very real to us. So real that we could lose ourselves in our own creations, which we did. Therefore, it is your dogmatic belief systems that are preventing you from rejuvenating your physical body because you are not accepting “who you truly are and “how energy works. You see, once you understand “who you truly are: and that you have the oneness of your own divine essence, you would actually see and understand that you did expand your consciousness to the point where you re-created yourself into something you were not., and through this become the ego-body-identity, and not the real higher spiritual divine self.

Therefore, since your physical body has the make-up of a dualistic energy force, because of your beliefs, you have the tendency to believe that everything, including God, is in a state of having two parts. Therefore, it is the doctrine of opposing forces where good and evil always determines the course of your thoughts, beliefs, and the actions you place on this pure unbiased energy coming into your consciousness for expression.

So, knowing from a soul level, that energy has to evolve back to its original form of oneness and neutrality, we souls chose the path of evolution (soul growth) as the means to move forward in our quest to answer the question, Who are we?” This way, when our energy got stuck, because of forgetfulness being part of our consciousness, we knew that energy would go back into itself to explore the reason for it being stuck.

You see, the reason why governments and religions are so successful in keeping us in a hypnotic state is that they tap into our primitive mind, the “pre-adolescent self”. It is through your ‘pre-adolescent you’ where government and religion easily hijack your freedom to become sovereign and an independent soul.

Our desired outcome for this first shift will be a consciousness which is totally clear, and a new sense of self or identity, enabling us to move forward with confidence.

‘The time has now come for us to be bold and move out from behind our mind-filters of selective perception and face the fiillness of the light. There exists a vast reservoir of inter-related knowledge in which a far deeper truth is always consealed within multiple levels of meaning. A new, more universal perspective will make it possible for us to see through the fog of our present conceptual confiision.’

The second major shift is to a more fluid and open system of thought and perception which includes a fully holistic paradigm of thinking and an unobstructed vision of reality (seeing beyond the goldfish bowl). Our earlier views, including some of our beliefs about life and the universe, may be challenged by these radical new ideas, but this does not mean that they were (or are) incorrect In fact, they may have served us well up to this point but will simply be inadequate to explain the new Insights and experiences which come with a higher level of consciousness and perception.

In order to expand our perception of reality, the pathway has to be further cleared for the passage of consciousness through our minds and this involves having to enter our unconscious and change those conditioned mental structures (called ‘constructs’ in psychology) which govern our present consciousness and perception. It is likely that these structures are neurologically hard-wired, but some groundbreaking work has shown that they can be reconstructed using powerful processes which involve taking in new ideas and engaging inner experiences which are way outside of our normal field of interpretation, thus forcing a shift. In this regard, we will be introduced to some hidden ‘dimensions’ of our mind, in which we can work directly with energy and even create alternate realities which radically challenge these pre-conditioned structures.

‘We must learn to tailor our concepts to fit reality, instead of trying to stuff reality into our concepts’.

For the final major shift, we are invited to move into a totally new experience of life by reconnecting with our ‘authentic’ or true selves on a different level of reality (in other words, coming to realise that we are not ‘goldfish’ at all and climbing out of the bowl). However, this requires a huge amount of effort and energy, and this energy will need to be gathered from much higher sources of con-sciousness which are available to those who know where to find it. A storehouse of energy is within reach and available within our own consciousness as accumulated energy stored in our own archetypes deep within our unconscious mind.

Another and even more powerful source originates outside our own consciousness, in the embodiment of more universal archetypal forms, revealed in religious scriptures as the celestial hierarchy of spiritual masters, angelic beings and spirit guides, and often referred to collectively as ‘Spirit’. The processes at this stage are therefore designed to bring about our final awakening into a state of absolute clarity in which we can escape from the collective delusion of the world of appearances and rediscover our origins in the ultimate source of all consciousness, sometimes called the universal or ‘divine Mind or Intelligence.

The final outcome for this shift should therefore be a new state of consciousness and clarity which includes an ongoing ‘intimate’ and mutual relationship with our own unconscious mind, a permanent connection with our true (authentic) self and the potential for communication and interaction on all levels of consciousness and reality. ‘Once there is a certain degree of Presence, of still and alert attention in human beings’ perceptions, they can sense the divine life essence, the one indwelling consciousness or spirit in every creature, every life form, recognize it as one with their own essence and so love it as themselves.

Until this happens, however, most humans see only the outer forms, unaware of the inner essence, just as they are unaware of their own essence and identifij only with their own physical and psycho-logical form’

‘All spiritual disciplines are done with a view to still the mind (stilling, lowering, quitening and emptying the beta brain waves). The perfectly still mind is universal spirit.’

As the processes become more powerful, we can harm ourselves emotionally if our minds are unsettled or in conflict. To be successful on this path, we have to learn to relax and cultivate a quiet and restful state of mind.

‘Not to be able to stop thinking is a dreadful affliction, but we don’t realize this because almost everyone is suf-fering from it, so it is considered normal. This incessant mental noise prevents you from finding that realm of inner stillness that is inseparable from Being.’

‘If you want to reach a state of bliss, then go beyond your ego and the internal dialogue. Make a decision to relinquish the need to control, the need to be approved, and the need to judge. Those are the three things the ego is doing all the time. It’s very important to be aware of them every time they come up.’

We presently all function under the guise of a false sense of self or “ego” formed by our experiences in this world. The ego is not who we really are, but is little more than an accumulation of self-awareness surrounded by a collection of self-centred thoughts and memories, beliefs, doubts, fears and insecurities. Somewhere in the midst of all this clutter is still that oasis of pure consciousness which we can rediscover and learn to accept as our true nature or ”authentic self. This has been trying to assert itself since the moment, when as children, we first became self-aware, but has been prevented by the constant activity of our minds and those self-limiting beliefs related to the ego which we have allowed to form, and now influence our actions, consciousness and perceptions.

Once we come to realise this, it is possible to consciously begin to expose and peel away the ego together with its muddied contents, making way for a new and more authentic experience of self.

“Our greatest fear is not that we are inadequate. Our greatest fear is that we are powerful beyond measure”

The inner structure of our ego is built up of conditioned thoughts, ideas and core beliefs about ourselves which form unwritten “rules” in our unconscious mind and govern our thoughts and perceptions of the world around us. And if these are self-limiting or negative, they will certainly handicap our efforts to unfold our higher consciousness. Fortunately, research has shown that we can change these rules bv being prepared to assimilate new views and perspectives and to expose ourselves to experiences outside of our present worldview.

If we really wish to unfold our consciousness and perception, we will have to create the psychological space for this to happen by seeing ourselves as not just as a body, but rather as multi-dimensional beings with an almost limitless potential.

⦁ Multi-Dimensional Reality
⦁ Multi-dimensional Man
⦁ Multi-dimensional Consciousness
⦁ Multi-Dimensional Perception

Over the millennia we have all been subjected to historically conditioned thoughts, ideas, beliefs and attitudes that bind us to different versions of reality. These all form what is generally known as a paradigm. As life on Earth continues to unfold, it will become increasingly clear how those who are attached to the ways of the old paradigm will remain so, but those who are aligned with the new paradigm will move into the reality of the New Earth.

Throughout history, fear has always been a tool used in the process of our social conditioning and we have not really been encouraged to think for ourselves. We have been taught to believe only what others tell us it is “safe” to believe, whether in the form of sacred scriptures or scientific theories (which usually only provide one piece of the puzzle). And this has limited our view of reality to what has been handed down to us. Even today we continue to be influenced by information supplied by the media and powerful political, financial or religious movements, each of which has their own agendas.

“We live in a world in wich ordinary people become pawns in a game played by men of power.”

“Most people don’t inhabit a living reality but a conceptualized one”

“Each of us can manifest the properties of a field of consciousness that transcends space, time, and linear causality”

“The boundaries of your reality have to be loosened in order for you to see into the great mystery beyond”.

“Consciousness is light, the luminosity of the life and Mind of God”

Scientific research from many disciplines can show clearly that the true nature of our consciousness is multidimensional and a fundamental part of our multi-dimensional universe. We can no longer conform to the limitations of 19th and 20th century materialistic ideas about what it means to be human. Our current manifesta-tion in a three-dimensional body is a projection of this multidimensional consciousness. While our brain/mind contains a vast collection of DNA memories, healthy cell memories, mythological memories, and experiential memories, it also keeps track of its own space and time.

Our multidimensional consciousness, however, is much more than the body/brain/mind it sets in motion. It is beyond the conventional three-dimensional measurements. Multidi-mensional consciousness is not even limited by the four dimensions of spacetime. It can provide the mind (with its sensory systems and their memories) with information beyond the reach of the physical body, beyond the know-ledge of the mind. Researchers of psi phenomena from all over the world have shown this to be true, while many of us continue to study why and how it is possible. It is time to pay attention to the results of this research, and to contemplate what it means for all of us.

All fields of human study and endeavor—education, medicine, biology. botany. physics and technology—will be changing as this vast potential of multidimensional consciousness becomes realized within each of us. We are co-creators in the ongoing game of evolution. There is no need to be limited by the old mythologies of history. We are free to explore the multidimensional realms available to our awareness.

Consciousness — This word has been used to mean so many different aspects of the human psyche that now it must be defined by any author before it can be used. It can refer merely to the act of being aware, or awake, as in the question we might ask of someone who is just waking up, “Are you conscious?” Others have used the term to refer to that timeless aspect of ourselves, that part of us which is in tune with God. That has been called our “higher consciousness.” The higher consciousness is said to be able to bring events and ideas into awareness from beyond space and/or time. Pre-cognition – Putting the pieces together is a ability when the all of the brain components has been united from the state of duality into Oneness, this is the cognitive dimension of future consciousness, everything then exist in present time.

Ascension is higher frequency and higher frequency is more awareness. They all describe the same thing. Third dimension is becoming aware of fourth dimension, the realm of higher frequency and more awareness. At one time in Earth’s history people thought planet Earth was the center of the universe and all else revolved around it. Now people think their bodies are the center of their consciousness.

To heal our physical ailments and to gain our ascension we need to attract more light. Not only optical light but also spiritual light. The energy of light flows into our body and our subtle bodies to keep all our four lower bodies energized.

Currently humans have a two strand, DNA double helix that is active. Light is the food that feeds our DNA. Our DNA short circuited as we fell into denser and denser frequencies within the planes of matter and we ended up with only two operating strands of DNA. Certainly negative energy blocks the flow of light.

Now if our entire DNA and genetic code were active, we would be far wiser and evolved as a human species as we would be absorbing more light into the DNA. We would be fully plugged into the universe and have access to the knowledge of the cosmos, as we would be assimilating the full power and creative potential of all the rays of light. We would probably even remember from where we have come and our experiences in other existences and even other planets, because we would be expressing all elements in all the rays of light. We would probably be conscious of the fact that we are multi-dimensional beings and ‘We are Gods’ -John 10:34. With fully functional DNA, we would be beings of knowledge with “no-ledge” to our wisdom and understanding, being able to access all knowledge. With this increase in knowledge, we would almost certainly be a more humanitarian and compassionate life form. We would be the beings of light and spirit that our creator intended. The DNA also seems to be the link between the physical and the metaphysical and spiritual planes or non-physical dimensions.

As you increase your light quotient through positive activities, purifying your consciousness and by purifying your lifestyles and using certain spiritual practices which magnetize more light to you, then we can expect the 97% junk DNA to become activated and the two strands of DNA would eventually evolve into 12 Strand DNA. Scientists now know that the DNA can repair itself. So in the future, once human DNA does evolve into 12 strands, then the human species would become a fully conscious and fully awakened Divine beings of light.

When humanities two strand DNA evolves into 12 strand DNA, we will be fully plugged into the source of light and codes of information flowing through the twelve dimensions and we shall be a fully functional divine man/woman in manifestation, as we will be fully connected to the seven major and the other five rays.

We as human consciousness evolve towards higher potential a greater acceptance of the principle of vibrational medicine and the hidden holographic universe. The revolution in consciousness and healing assist us in understanding the concept of humans as multidimensional beings and in comprehending the evolution of consciousness through states of illness and health. So it is up to us to apply our human potential and wake up to our consciousness towards developing a new hope and approach of healing the body, mind, and also spirit, our true nature our spiritual higher self.

Superconsciousness is soul that exists beyond body and mind. It is the soul that gives birth to the mind and the body. The soul can be viewed without dimension through consciousness, time, and space. When we expand the ordinary mind, until it impinges on the superconscious mind, we are able to feel God’s presence. Our spirit is the conscious force that is life itself. We incarnate to the physical world to evolve our souls and taking ideas from spirit within and interpreting those ideas as form and experience in the material world. Time and age exists in the physical world but in the spiritual world, it is timeless. When it comes to evolve the soul there is no age and no limits, therefore, you can progress to another dimensions. But in time, the lower vibration of soul in the dense physical body became conscious of only the third-dimensional world.

Since we are manifested with an infinite consciousness from the divine spark, at this stage, we are experiencing the divine of our own being or oneness with God. This consciousness shows the cosmos to consist entirely immaterial, spiritual, and entirely alive; it shows that there is no death, that everyone and everything has eternal life and that the universe is God and that God is the universe. An experience of higher dimensionality is achieved by an integration of experiences and level of consciousness. After certain experiences of deep meditation on the plane of three-dimensional consciousnesses, we can transcend a totally different reality where all opposites are unified into an organic whole.

Ancient cultures knew the secret of human evolution, so much so that many were able to lift their consciousness to move to various dimensions of existence. The binary view of life or death must be vanquished in favor of a new worldview consisting of multidimensional awareness. It may seem like science fiction, but many scientists agree that multiple dimensions exist. If this is true, then why wouldn’t we want to explore these dimensions? Granted, we would need to leave the comfort of our three-dimensional existence to explore a multidimensional world, but who says the new world is not even better than our current world? What if a multidimensional existence is ten times or one hundred times more exciting, fulfilling, and loving than our current state? What if miracles were as commonplace and as simple as breathing? What if all of our DNA was suddenly switched on, leading to a higher level of existence seldom ever dreamed of by modern man?

The soul-consciousness-awareness continues to advance in its evolution to other higher, more refined energy fields (some esoteric schools call this next level the Mental plane), where knowledge, rather than emotions, plays the dominant role. We correlate this progressive wisdom with the concept of everything being a continuum of energies evolving in geometric proportion and therefore allowing further progress in quality and refinement. Evolution never stops, and one can eventually exist at ultra-high-frequency realms. Older teachings speak about such Causal planes. They say that consciousness has such a high frequency and subtle existence in those planes that there is no adequate concept or imagery for us to comprehend. We will know this level only when we are ready for it in our evolution, but we can move toward this await state by inner work of self-regulation and self-discipline.

Dimensions have a frequency. Humanity has existed within the lower frequency of the third dimension for thousands of years. It is not about a specific location; it relates to a level of consciousness. During Earth’s pivotal years, humanity is experiencing a gigantic dimensional shift. As people begin to reside more fully in the higher frequencies, they can more easily access the wisdom of their hearts and move out of their fear-based agendas. A shift like the one occurring now is revolutionary and unprecedented. No previous generations have lived through, or have completed, such a radical change in consciousness.

A multidimensional being has the capacity for expanded levels of thinking and being. New-paradigm thinking is often associated with multidimensional approaches. This means a wider spectrum of ideas and options. As humanity evolves, people become increasingly aware of the universe’s larger reality. This is because people learn to perceive things they could not perceive before. Sometimes this happens when an instrument like a microscope reveals a structure not seen before. There is a learned tendency to define reality by what we can see or prove through physical means.

As people grow spiritually, they increase their ability to perceive reality through more subtle means. A person learns to broaden his or her perception of reality to include both the physical and spiritual worlds. Intuitive abilities, honed with training and practice, can help a person to expand his or her range of perception. The more that a person uses these abilities, the more tangible the spiritual dimensions become.

The word “linear” relates to old-paradigm views that are limited and without in-depth understanding. These approaches can be rigid and fixed. When someone is thinking in linear terms, he or she often views things in black and white. This means without the variations that contribute to a fuller view. On the other hand, new-paradigm thinking has multidimensional approaches. This means a wider spectrum of ideas and options.

You have the power to access the totality of your authentic Self and then live as that One. You must be centered in your Self to access your Higher Power; an unbalanced ego can’t get there. The realization that your nature is both human and divine leads you to see that the transformer of your consciousness is always within you. Transformation doesn’t happen on the outside of you; through the power of inner work, you create transformation from within.

One cannot enter the higher levels of consciousness and Oneness through the fear-duality concept of the ego.

Once a soul has overcome those obstacles on its soul path, they are ready to embrace the second birth of the soul. When one submits willingly to the spiritual surrender, one enters into the deep slumber of spiritual refinement and purging. When awakened, one discovers differences in self with regards to spiritual beliefs and understandings.

Embracing oneness within the fabric of life sets the stage for awesome wonders yet to be experienced as an incarnate soul on the plane of being human. Make no doubt, this is a spiritual experience and the experience will be tailor made just for you. Within this experience, one will realize and recognize the deep and abiding love, unconditional love that is yours and yours alone just because you are whom you are—total acceptance—total worthiness. This is the only way that one can achieve entrance into the seventh layer of the aura.

As previously stated, within this aura layer, the golden light which is found there holds the potential life plan of the soul, the entire soul path, and the pathway home to the source system of the original soul fragment. This layer holds all the multi-dimensional aspects of the soul, the multi-dimensional life lessons, soul progressions, and an up-to-date assessment of every facet of ones multi-dimensional self in relationship to the overall progression of the soul to return home in a state of oneness. It holds the past life bands of this multi-experience (human) as well as each multi-dimensional species that one might have elected to interact with.

It holds all spiritual and physical accomplishments as well as every universal and multi-dimensional ship, planet, or experience that one has ever encountered. Every soul to soul dimensional connection, no matter how brief or intense, is recorded in the past life bands as well as the current life band. The information stored in these bands are collected and contained in one location, called The Book of Life.

At any time one wants, one can review the current life band and make adjustments as your free will would lead you to do. The seat of the soul, a term often referred to in spiritual circles, also resides within this layer. This term refers to all that you have ever been, all that you are, and all that you hope to be. It holds the potential for all that you have chosen to be in this life, and as a spiritual soul returning to its origin. Often this is referred to as your soul lineage. This layer also has a unique aspect to it. It contains a gateway as well as a bridge. As a soul evolves, and experiences this layer of the aura bio-field, it first interacts with the seventh layer bridge; then, it has the option to access to the gateway.

The bridge connects the seventh layer of the aura field to the multi-layered cosmic plane. The bridge consists of three layers. Each of the layers has a specific frequency, characteristic, and lesson to master. An individual must successfully elevate their life frequency tones to match the frequency tone of each layer of the seventh layer bridge, before they can move to the next higher vibration. While the individual is acclimating spiritually to the higher frequency vibrations for advancement within the seventh aura layer, they are additionally stimulating the third eye, pineal gland and the crown chakra center.

Measurement of increased vibrational rate is heard by others by the choice of words the individual is expressing as they speak words of wisdom effortlessly through their throat chakra. When the extended boundary of the aura layer has been mastered, then the soul is granted permission to experience the crystal gateway of soul on in.

When the sealed chakra opens will then allow the chakra centers to morph into their evolved form—spherical. With holographic spheres of light now serving as chakra centers, individuals have the opportunity to totally immerse themselves into anchoring the crystal frequency waves within their physical body. The crystal gateway not only allowed the new root race of man to incarnate, but also provided opportunity for each individual, to receive the benefits of the gateway also—crystal energy. This crystal gateway is the first threshold that is available to souls at the ketheric template level. When a soul accepts the invitation to Light, the gateway opens to receive lightbody ascension codes and paradigm transformational shifts to move the soul from the density of matter into the frequency of light. One of the keys to passing through the first gateway constitutes a complete surrendering of self, ego and all that holds one to the density programming of the earth plane.

Sustaining that level of frequency change is the first challenge that the incarnate soul experiences when embracing this gateway opportunity. When the soul has successfully sustained this level of light, they can proceed to the eighth aura level. At this level they begin to understand the multi-dimensional gateway bands and learn how to utilize their alpha and omega chakra centers.

Bridge layers are not structured like the layers that comprise the lower aura layers which surround the physical body. Bridge layers are similar to streams of light and exist simultaneously with other bridge layers, yet retain a unique distinctive frequency of their own. Bridge layers are located within the in-breath of upper and lower bio-fields of the incarnate human. Interconnectedness to all layers is woven within the matrix, or web of life. These layers encompass all dimensions within the web of life yet can operate independently of the matrix only because of their association with the lower physical aura. Their bridging streams of light connect the upper soul to the soul incarnate through many silver cords of light.

No code master can open their doorway until all code masters are present to unlock their door which consequently opens the gateway. The doorways were locked in a specific sequence and only by using the correct sequence procedure can they be unlocked.

Through meditation one creates the needed spiritual keys to the higher levels of consciousness called heaven. These spiritual keys is vibrational resonace keys that will functions as passwords to the higher level of consciousness and in the process of soul ascending. Its through meditation one change the physical beta brain waves to other brain wave state that will change the inner vibrational state of mind and unzip the sealed chakras and then activating new higher dna strands.

One can´t access other dimensions with beta brain waves, in same way the ego can´t access state of Oneness. The ego is beta brain waves, so one need to stilling, lowering, quitening and emptying the mind of beta brain waves. The ego is what´s keeping humankind in the one dimensional reality controlled by one low vibrtaional frequency. The ego therefor using fear-frequency and fear can´t access higher levels of consciousness. So one need to overcome this fear programming of the mind to ascending higher levels of knowledge.

We are in a sense rearranging our consciousness so that our sensitivity is no longer rooted in fear. The ideal is to use the cues so that there is a shift beyond our own ego needs into a higher consciousness. We no longer focus on the details concerning the flight but release the fear by shifting to a flow state of peace.

Fear is generally the reason those with access to higher conscious awareness are persecuted.

Evidence from throughout ancient history and even before, telling us that consciousness and intelligence are separate entities. Further, there is evidence that consciousnen travels outside of the body, traversing the barriers between life and death; between dark and light; between the past, present, and future; and even between otheedimensional realities.

What did the ancients know that we do not Why are we not always at the height of our awareness! Why at times throughout human existence did wine civilizations seem to have great technologies and an inside track on infinite being? How did they know, for instance, how to create technologies for the distribution of power, for atomic processes, for utilizing harmonic to change the fabric of creation! How did the ancients know about alchemy, such as the manufacturing of monatomic gold in the form of white powder that could be ingested, thereby introducing a conducive material into the physical body that would heighten conscious awareness? Why was knowledge of this rite and other secrets limited to pharaohs, priests, kings, and wise men! What was hidden from the people at large?

Exactly the same informafion that was taught to select apprentices at the mystery schools: access to higher consciousness led to altered and Infinite reality. What the ancients left behind was every key that we need to know about who we are and what we are capable of Once we have a grasp of the concepts the ancients left for us, we can learn how to apply them to this now.

For instance, when do people begin to realize that the possibilities of life are much greater than they had previously imagined! Is there an impetus, a moment in time, or some vast or tiny change inside of them that flips switches of awareness?

Is this an individual happening, or does it occur across the populous of the planet? Does consciousness actually expand, or do we just reconnect with it? Does our consciousness have anything to do with our creative processes? Do we create our own realities, or do we just live in the realities that we find ourselves in? Do we have the power to change our realities as individuals or as groups? Is there a time when consciousness evolves and awareness becomes keener? If so, are we affected physically? Do our brains change in response?

Does our DNA have some special coding or instruction contained within it that instigates or responds to higher awareness under certain circumstances? Does intelligence make us more consciously aware? Does conscious awareness make us more intelligent? Are there signs of impending awareness expansion, and if so, how can we recognize them? Inherently, we are created to seek our source, to reconnect with our divinity, and yet in the current world condition, many of us feel empty, unfulfilled, even lost. We aren’t even sure of what we believe because there is so much information available to us. We grasp at the tried and true, or we become immersed in religion, hoping that it will fulfill us, or we try every esoteric practice that comes along.

Inside, we feel a need to return home, but we can’t seem to remember where home is. We want to feel emotional expansion to the depths of our being, but we have covered our emotions for so long that we aren’t even sure how emotions do feel. We confuse our emotions with our mental perceptions and make our way rationally through our limiting thoughts. We seem to forget that we are capable of great depths of emotional experience. We become unhappy, dissatisfied, and bored, succumbing to the idea that this must be all there is. How sad is that? What if we realized that it is all simple? We can. We can find that we are everything that we seek and that everything we seek also seeks us. What if we realized that we are capable of creating whatever reality we want, anytime, anywhere? What if we didn’t just know we could? What if we did?

The ancients knew these secrets, and now you will too. The con-sciousness of change is a very real state of being. It is not a gimmick. We don’t have to buy anything. We already are the change! The consciousness of change is our sense beyond our five physical senses, and it is even greater than our intermittent sixth sense. The con-sciousness of change leaps into the universal construct as our seventh sense. Our seventh sense is infinitely aware, even though we may not be conscious of that awareness. But what if we were? What are we missing? How can we open the door to our seventh sense, so that we can take advantage of all that creation has to offer us?

This is the key to the greatest need. Prayer is not a matter of words or outer forms, but an awareness of consciousness, right-directed, spiritually guided positive thinking! Your personal transformation comes from knowing deep within that each and every human being is far more than a physical body, and that the essence of being human includes the ability to think and feel, to possess a higher consciousness, and to know that there is an intelli-gence engaging the entire universe. Yob are able to tap into that invisi-ble part of you, to use your mind in any manner that you choose, and to recognize that this is your essential humanity. Your humanness—soul, pure and perfect—is not a form or body at all, but something infinitely more Divine. So before you changed your friends; before you changed your clothes; before you changed your name; before you changed your place of worship; and before you changed your mind—you were an idea in the mind of God. You are still a soul with a body rather than a body with a soul. You are not a human being having a spiritual experience, but rather a spiritual being having a human experience.

When you understand the truth about life and the source of your being, about who you are, where you come from, where you are going, and what God is, you are freel Free from all preconceived notions, free from the ways of the world. You experience wholeness. You achieve a break-through to a new spiritual awareness. However, there are essential ele-ments—mental “shifts” —that must be understood to experience an ever-increasing spiritual awareness. They can be considered steps to-ward personal fulfillment. Take them up, one by one, and incorporate them into your daily life. You must shift from one state of mind to a higher one.

A shift from fear to faith is a shift from outer to inner, from worrying about the circumstances around you to a calm, quiet inner awareness that the Creator “is in His glory and all is right with the world.” The great enemy of happiness and achievement is, and always has been, fear—fear of failure, fear of rejection, fear of criticism, fear of poor health, fear of not measuring up to the expectations of others, and so on. When we are fearful, we become tense and uptight. As a result, our mental faculties shut down. We do and say things that under normal conditions we would never say. But when we increase our faith and turn our problems over to a higher power, miraculously, everything seems to take care of itself. We begin to “lay up our treasures in heaven.”

We recognize that God is our source of supply; “He is sufficient unto today.” We become conscious of our strengths more so than our weaknesses. Faith was the great characteristic of the Master. The word was constantly on his lips: “According to thy faith be it unto you”;”Thy faith has made thee whole”;”Thy faith has saved thee.” Faith believes; doubt fears. Faith creates; doubt destroys. Faith opens the door to all things desirable in life; doubt closes it. Faith excites and arouses our creative forces. It cracks open the door of ability. Faith is the Divine messenger sent to guide men and women blinded by doubt and trepidation. The individual who cannot see the Designer behind the design, who does not see Infinite Intelligence behind all creation, cannot possess the sublime faith that buoys up great achievement. No one can rise higher than his or her faith. We have within us every moment of our lives the potential for greatness. Suffering builds character, character builds faith, and faith will prove itself in the end!

Hope is the raw material with which you build success. Hope crystallizes into faith, faith into determination, and determination into action. Hope springs eternal from your imagination, from your dreams of a better world, a better life, a better tomorrow. But throughout all the mystical teachings, the keynote to harmony has been “Do you believe?” The world is full of people who are hoping and praying that things turn out okay. The Bible states the same proposition this way: “According to your faith [belief] it is done unto you.” To put it another way, you do not necessarily believe what you see but you see what you believe. When you develop a deep-seated belief or conviction that you will obtain your desires, you activate forces and powers that pull you toward your goals and your goals toward you.

The shift from fear to faith is a shift from outer to inner, this is shift from the external outer ego to the inner divine higher self, it is a shift in from outer fear based frequuncy to inner love based frequency within the heart. The ego will work to prevent this progress and deny the knowing the inner real higher divine self. Therefore one need to pierce the vei. of ignorance and this is done through spiritual knowledge and practice as yoga and meditation. Fear is the component that´s prevents visions and foresight becaus eits blocks new information to be in action and create spiritual transformation.

The soul does not direct Man in any way — it merely savours the ramifications of Man’s choices. Man is free to choose his own path; in fact that is his destiny and his role on earth. The way he navigates the challenges and hurdles of life is the manner in which he sculpts his own soul-dimension. Choices that enhance the growth of the soul will sculpt the soul-dimension in one manner, while choices that impede its growth will sculpt it in a different manner. Man’s role is to discover and experience and by so doing, sculpt his soul-dimension. The soul does not feel. The soul is ‘merely’ a faithful ‘mirror’ and recorder of our personal history; a history laden with feeling and emotion. Man needs to understand that his essence is his soul and not his body. His body is merely a transient vessel through which his soul is able to experience and learn. Each incarnation is through a different body and each of those bodies has a different prognosis for life. The reason the soul exists is that it is the natural emergence from Man. It does not exist because Man or another entity willed it into existence.

When we commit ourselves to pray or meditate on a regular basis for just ten minutes a day, we will soon increase our vibrations. This oneness with the God Force will open the link between our higher selves and us when we (our bodies) vibrate at a much higher and stronger vibration. The increased vibrations will cause the crown chakra on top of our heads to open. Linked to and surrounding the crown chakra is the thousand-petal lotus flower. In the beginning, as the vibrations increases slowly, the stronger flow will allow more light and power and the like to be siphoned, from the soul into us, through our open crown chakra.

Regular meditation and prayer will help to open this chakra much quicker, and it will also stay open for a longer period. The light and power, together with God’s love and blessings, will then flow quicker and more strongly down to us. The increased power will keep the links between our soul and us open, and the connection between the spirit world and us would be much quicker and smoother.

Lack of knowledge generates fear for the unknown.

People’s fear of the unknown, or of being deceived, causes them to create a bather between themselves and the real world of Spirit and that real imagination is the doorway into the etheric world and higher realms. Esoteric studies show that the four-fifths of the brain man is known not to use — the cerebrum — houses our higher mind and is the database for higher consciousness. The more we tune to, and use, the higher mind through techniques such as visualization, the easier it becomes to create the reality we desire and access our Divine Blueprint.

By using the ritual of visualization and the white light energy, we bring into operation a super-conscious mind and, when used in meditation, this mind creates a real world which is inspirational or tranquil, depending on the images accessed. If practiced regularly, this experience then spills into our everyday waking reality.

The essence of spiritual development is that we need to build a bridgehead between the Soul and the personality to establish communication between the Soul and its lower vehicle. This bridgehead is called the Antakarana in Sanskrit and is described as a channel along which the energy of the Soul flows with ever increasing force into the energy vortices of the body known as chakras. In average man, only five per cent of the soul’s energies are available to him, but through the practice of meditation, he begins to establish a bridgehead, to build the Antakarana or Jacob’s ladder.

Symbolically speaking, chakras are cosmic banks. Every real effort that we make, every effort that has a right motive, whether it is successful or not, brings a deposit of some record inside these chakras. So when succeeding lives come, when we reincarnate, the qualities we have deposited in these chakras are quickly restored to us and we reach that same level of achievement that we had reached in the previous life. In each life, we start off with the rewards gained in previous lives, because every act of Atma, Buddhi and Manas (which represent the qualities of the Higher Triad: Will, Love-wisdom, and Active Intelligence) is a sparkling jewel placed in these cosmic banks. Likewise, in those lives that lie ahead, these cosmic banks are available to us. When sufficient development has taken place in these chakras, man awakens to a new awareness of himself and of the world which was not present before the awakening and which is beyond the range of detection of his physical senses.

`The superconscious mind is far more clever and resourceful than you can possibly imagine. If it is headed off in one direction, it is not discouraged and does not give up, for it knows that there are ten thousand other ways to achieve a desired goal. If, through your own thoughts and preconceptions, you try to tell the superconscious mind how to do its work, you will only limit its options and restrict the magic which can unfold.

Your life is your journey of your mind’s inward gaze into the wisdom of the heart and through this knowledge to experience the awakening process of unity and non-duality, to uncover and follow the inner urges and the longings of your heart and to become your best spiritually.

True knowledge is realization of divinity that is within each one of us. True tranquility is that of mind anchored in the spiritual heart.

(Awakening the infinite potential of your heart)

“The heart of the scriptures is not the fleshy heart. It is the mysterious divine substance which is sentient, which feels, which is filled with sublime sentiments and higher emotions, and which is the seat of the Lord:’

This spiritual Heart Center is the fountainhead of all human emotions. Sometimes we try hard to listen to the silent language of the heart. The heart is the only divine antenna and through its electro-magnetic field it is directly connected to the morphogenetic field of universal intelligence, and to each and every living organism. Its conscious pulsations can be monitored, directed, and sent at will to any-and everybody on this planet and beyond. It takes a highly spiritual and transformed human being to know and tune into the potencies and the mysteries of the heart.

The heart is the most powerful cosmic antenna having the ability to receive or remit messages around the world instantly, faster than the speed of light. The heart is the seat of intuitive wisdom, the conduit to Universal intelligence and the fountainhead of all emotions. Through the heart you are instantly connected to this invisible power and energy, infinite in scale and magnitude.

The heart contains the most powerful inner force that must be reckoned with; it is an unlimited source of passion, creativity and inspiration. Real adventure begins from the heart. It is where you decode the purpose of your life on this planet, and it is where real transformation happens. The heart has the ability to develop control over sense organs; it is where you re-illuminate your love and your relationships in your life. It is the direct link to the universal birthing cradle of the cosmos . . . it is where you have the capacity to be instantly in touch with anybody or everybody in the world. It is where you experience unimaginable bliss and ecstasy. The thoughts that are imbued with the energy from the heart are more powerful and have the capacity to change anything in this world.

The power to create beauty, power to create infinite wealth, power to heal, power to manifest anything you desire; these all lay dormant in your heart, and you hold the key to unlock your potential. Once you understand it, and you have tried and decoded the message from your heart and start putting faith in this invisible source of energy, a tremendous transformation will take place in your life. Your life will change . . . you will know and understand that there is nothing impossible in this world.

Nobility of intention is not a product of the mind or intellect. Nor is it a mechanical process, or a product of the machine. It is also not a numbers thing, or a random theory of isolated occurrence, or some fate or destiny. It is directly connected to the source of the heart. It is connected to the source of the Universe where things emanate from nothing. Therein hides the greatest source of energy, infinite in nature. That energy makes it possible for some people to be capable of doing thing that are impossible for others to do.

All of us have to find our center, our own Heart Center, as everything and everybody in this world is centered in the heart. There is no other world and no other life than this. We are the God living in our own heart. We need to own up to ourselves by getting anchored in the purity of our own heart. We need to anchor ourselves in this new consciousness, deep within our hearts, creating a new kind of thinking, based on compassion, generosity, empathy and self-less service, responsive to the challenges of the new age. And it all starts from the heart. Life should not be measured by the number of breaths we take but by the number of moments we live from our Heart Center, with harmony, peace and serenity . . . and this is no secret!

Heart is the seat of Consciousness. We have the power within us to awaken and reshape our minds.

The consciousness that governs the heart chakra is that of unconditional love which is pure and multidimensional in nature

Visioning, or visual foresight is a spiritual ability or a spiritual gift.

Ability to see in the future

“The past is consumed in the present and the present is living only because it brings forth the future.”

Your consciousness needs to be awakened enough to allow you to see profound spiritual truths. No one can awaken your consciousness except you. It is the individual soul’s job to do the work, research, study, and experience in order to strengthen your soul essence. This means not following the masses, but breaking away from the collective to find your personal soul path.

A raised vibration coupled with life experiences helps in awakening your consciousness. When your consciousness is awakened, then you view Earthly life with a broader perception.

Your vibration is made up of undetectable cells to the human eye, but visible to the spiritual eye. It is an invisible energy field that exists within the DNA of your soul, aura, and physical body.

Paranormal Powers:

Research has found that when the Theta — Delta frequency pattern is held, the following attributes are evident in a person’s life. These attributes are sometimes classified as paranormal powers that can be seen as:-

• Pre-cognition — the ability to sense what is about to occur;
• Telepathy — the ability to pick up unspoken mental-plane communications;
• Bi-location — the ability to be in two places at once, or to send a holographic projection of oneself somewhere else;
• Clairsentience and empathy — the ability to sense or feel what others are feeling;
• Clairvoyance — the ability to see between the worlds with our third eye;
• The ability to heal through touch or over distances plus much more.

The Theta — Delta pattern is the home of our latent paranormal abilities and when accessed allows our inner resources of Divine Nutrition to flow. In the metaphysical world, which power/s a person has often depends on the role they have agreed to play in the cycles of human evolution. When the Theta and the Delta brain wave patterns are sustained not only does the veil go down between the conscious and subconscious mind allowing reprogramming of the whole bio-system in a more effective way, but we also begin to tap into other realms of reality, where issues like the following become more real for us:

• Divine radiance — where we can increase or decrease our auric emanations so that our presence nourishes others in a healthy way.
• Divine intentions — where we understand the power of our intentions and will in co-creation and use them with wisdom for the good of all and are hence supported by powerful and nourishing universal forces.
• Divine guidance — access to an inner plane system of reliable help.
• Divine prosperity — access to all the abundance we need to be fulfilled on all levels.
• Divine transmissions — the ability to enjoy two way communications with beings who are permanently anchored in the Theta — Delta field and to do so via empathic or telepathic means.
• Divine co-creation — the ability to, and action of, creating in a way that stimulates and releases the highest potentialities into manifestation.
• Divine Grace is an inexplicable energy that is incredible to experience, Grace is the oil that smoothes the way in life.
• Divine communication — communion with the God within and the inner plane Holy Ones
⦁ Divine manifestation — the ability to recognize the will of the Creator and to manifest according to the Divine Plan’s current agenda which is our conscious co-creation of paradise on Earth.
⦁ Divine bliss — true emotional, mental and spiritual nourishment.
⦁ Divine nutrition as in pranic feeding and the freedom it brings and
⦁ Divine revelation — the zone of true knowing beyond limited perceptions and realities. The above are some of the benefits that come from accessing the Divine Nutrition Channel

Developing our visual foresight amplifies our powers to envision new and more complex goals – goals that reach further out into the future. Even if we simply engage in speculative visioning about the future, with no thought as to what practical or personal relevance such visioning entails, we nourish our imaginative powers. We expand the universe of our mind. Further, by enriching our minds with new possibilities and expanding the psychological space in which we think, we increase our mental and potential behavioral freedom. Exercising foresight builds the power of imagination and enhancing the power of imagination expands the human mind.

Another feature of future consciousness that is connected with imagination and creativity is possibility thinking. As noted above, envisioning the future is not limited to one possible reality. Although many people envision only one possibility when they imagine the future, perhaps because they believe in fate or fatalistic determinism, or have a great need for security, one can with minimal effort entertain all different types of possible futures. Are we headed toward an amazing new world or are we headed toward disaster? Will computers de-humanize us, or will they bring us together? Will we travel into space? Will we colonize the stars? Or will we remain earthbound? Will life disappoint us, or will we realize our dreams? We may be limited to one definite present reality or past, but when we turn our mind to the future, the universe unfurls into many possible trajectories. We deal with multiple and alternative possibilities, rather than singular, definite facts. Possibility thinking, which is only limited by our creative imagination, facilitates open-mindedness and mental flexibility.

Summary: Cognitive Processes of Future Consciousness

Empirical Observation and Perception: The ability to perceive the environment and understand observable facts or patterns of facts.

Memory and Learning: The acquisition of knowledge and development of mental representations based upon perception and interaction with the environment.

Imagination:The ability to create mental images and hypothetical “perceptual like” realities in our minds.

Foresight: The ability to imagine or envision the future.

Goal Setting: The ability to identify and conceptualize goals of action.

Possibility Thinking: The ability to imagine and conceptualize multiple or alternative hypothetical future realities.

Scenario Building: The activity of imagining and describing detailed, complex, and realistic hypothetical future realities.

Language and Symbolism: The ability to represent reality and communicate through a symbolic system of abstractions.

Thinking: A conscious mental activity of information processing and the creation and manipulation of Ideas, often involving an internal dialogue.

Critical Thinking: The ability to apply principles of Thinking sound and valid reasoning to logical inference, the comparison and evaluation of different points of view, and the development and expression of theories and hypotheses; thinking about thinking—the opposite of egocentric thinking.

Open-Mindedness and Creativity: The ability to be flexible. to evaluate with fairness other points of view besides one’s own view, and to be receptive to ideas that are different from standard beliefs. The production of novel Ideas, inventions, and behaviors.

Problem Solving: A form of thinking where some solution or answer to a question, problem, or challenge is identified and successfully enacted.

Decision Making: The ability to make a choice among alternative goals and courses of action and follow through on the choice.

Planning: The ability to construct a hypothetical series of connected actions that lead to the realization of an identified goal.

Hypothetical Thinking: The ability to imagine. think about, and evaluate possibilities.

Holistic Insight: The ability to understand the “big picture”—to see how the details of a situation fit together—frequently experienced in a rather sudden flash of comprehension.

Wisdom: Integrative and expansive temporal consciousness applied to present and future challenges and problems

The Holistic Nature of Future Consciousness

Perception, emotion, motivation, purposeful behavior, learning, and higher cognitive abilities all contribute to future consciousness. Our consciousness of the future is multi-dimensional. Further, these psychological processes interact in creating and supporting future consciousness. The components of future consciousness form an interdependent and interactive whole. As one important example of interaction among different psychological processes involved in future consciousness, I have already described some of the ways that thinking in general, and thinking about the future in particular, both influences and is influenced by motivation and emotion.

The holistic nature of future consciousness reflects the holistic nature of the human psyche. The fundamental dimensions of human psychology, including thought, emotion, motivation, behavior, and self-identity, form a reciprocal system. Each capacity is a relatively distinct psychological reality, yet they are all clearly interdependent and form a unified whole.

Acting on the future proactively alters one’s self-identity. The future is a challenge, necessarily involving an element of risk and uncertainty, and when people meet challenges rather than running from them, they increase their self-confidence and self-esteem. Expanded foresight, goal setting, planning, and goal-directed behavior give a person a sense of increased control and self-empowerment. Developing one’s capacity to think about the future – to identify and seize opportunities and tackle challenges – improves one’s self-image and self-confidence.

There is an integrative dimension of future consciousness. Raising our awareness of the future teaches us that nothing exists in isolation, and that we must learn to look at the whole and not just some individual part or slice of reality.

Though thinking about the future expands our consciousness, it also brings the abstract down to earth; it personalizes our world. If science, technology, business, or world ecology changes, what impact will such transformations have on our lives? We often fail to notice in the present how big events set the tone of our existence. Yet if we were to alter the fundamental parameters of our civilization, it would be much more apparent how we are connected to the grander scheme of things. Imagine a world transformed and then imagine oneself in it. Significant worldwide developments in the future, such as the pervasive application of genetic technology to medicine, reproduction, and food production will impact our personal lives in numerous ways.” Thinking about how the world may change in the future connects us to our world.

Expanding our future consciousness stimulates us into considering how changes in our world are going to impact us and what we need to do to take advantage of these changes.

We are being bombarded with information, choices, belief systems, and possibilities. Many believe we are going through an epochal reorganization and evolution of human civilization, unparalleled since the time of the Industrial Revolution.

Some believe modern Western civilization is crumbling.”‘ Some see advancing technology as a boom, ready to finally realize humanity’s oldest dreams of a paradise on earth;'” some see human technology as a scourge on the earth, about to collapse under its own hubris and wastefulness and perhaps bring the whole earthly ecosystem down with it.'” There is the clash, reflective of an ongoing disagreement running back through human history, over stability and conservatism versus change and innovation.

Should we anchor ourselves to the past and to tradition, or should we embrace what is new and different?”‘ All these perspectives vie for our attention and allegiance. There is, in fact, an ongoing struggle over the future, as Postrel notes, embodied In these various philosophies and perspectives, occurring both in the public arena and in our individual minds.”

‘ The future is undecided, confusing, and open to debate. Humanity is in a battle over the future. Our minds are in a battle over what to believe and what to do. Because of the great turmoil and historical significance associated with our age, it Is absolutely necessary to bring some mental order and understanding to the present chaos and complexity of our times, to see the main pieces of the puzzle and the pattern of it all, to evaluate the different viewpoints, theories, and possibilities, and to gain some sense of direction for tomorrow. In particular, given the diverse views regarding the future, it is important to find a balance between openness to different ideas and principled standards for evaluating these various ideas.

It is essential to develop an informed, proactive, comprehensive, and integrative perspective on what is happening around us and where all these changes may lead. From the previous review of psychological dimensions of future consciousness, It is clear that we need to develop our critical thinking capacities, our decision and problem solving abilities, our sense of realistic optimism and self-efficacy, an evolving sense of self, and various virtues and character strengths to flourish and achieve direction in our complex, fast paced world. Perhaps most of all we need wisdom. Yet we face a challenge. According to many writers, our conscious sense of the future is narrowing and weakening. We are becoming lost and forlorn in an overpowering present.

Hence, although there are various arguments and social and psychological indications that future (and past) consciousness is regressing in contemporary times, there are contrary and more general indications that our consciousness of both space and time has been steadily growing throughout history. So which is it? Is future consciousness in humanity expanding or diminishing? The answer is probably both. Consider, as writers such as Reading and Christopher Lasch in his Culture of Narcissism point out, that in times of uncertainty or pessimism over the future, people tend to focus more on the present and short term pleasures. Also people become more self-centered and cynical and retreat to the past or into the occult. If Postmodernism destroyed the credibility of the Western vision of progress, as many have argued, then the “morale” (or social equivalent of hope) in the general population has deteriorated; at least in the West, there is no common purpose or sense of direction. There are too many different possibilities, both good and bad; there is no single unifying credible image of the future. Also, growing up and living in a period of flux and uncertainty, without a sense of trust and stability, seems to retard the development of future consciousness.

The future is a vast arena of possibilities – the present is here and gone. Unless one is fatalistic and believes in pre-determination the future is the only arena of existence over which we have any practical influence or control. To whatever degree we can guide the future in a constructive and informed way we will benefit ourselves, and all others, who are affected by our actions. We all can become better informed on the topic of the future.

Becoming better informed on the future involves learning about present trends and future possibilities and the main theories, challenges, and controversies regarding the future. We all can improve our thinking capacities about the future. Enhancing one’s thinking capacities about the future involves improving one’s abilities to imagine new possibilities for tomorrow, to more thoughtfully compare and evaluate different possibilities and alternative theories of the future, to synthesize information and ideas on the future, and to more clearly define values and preferred directions for tomorrow.

We can expand our capacities for wisdom and integrative thought. These various capacities need to be applied both to the world around us and self-reflectively to ourselves We all can improve our abilities to constructively guide and create the future. Improving one’s ability to create and guide the future means becoming better at applying futurist understanding and thinking to the active and often inventive process of participating in the development of the future. It means connecting thought with behavior – theory with application. Constructively influencing the future also involves motivational, attitudinal, and emotional factors, for we need to be inspired, optimistic, and visionary if we are to successfully direct the evolution of our lives.

In summary and conclusion, it would be helpful to list the various benefits connected with the development of future consciousness and some of the different ways to further develop future consciousness.

Benefits of Enhancing Future Consciousness

• Improves imagination, creativity, and flexibility.
• Fosters mental health.
• Improves higher-order cognitive abilities, especially planning, problem solving, critical thinking skills, and integrative understanding.
• Raises self-consciousness.
• Expands mental and behavioral freedom.
• Expands consciousness.
• Can work against depression, fear, apathy, and perceived helplessness.
• Gives meaning, purpose, and hope to life.
• Brings greater self-control over one’s life.
• Brings greater coherence to the self.
• Is highly adaptive, especially in a world of rapid change – maximizes the chances of survival and thriving in the future.
• Facilitates the development of courage and wisdom.
• Can improve ethical thinking and character.
• Expands philosophical understanding and cosmic consciousness.

Ways to Develop Future Consciousness

• Challenge existing habitual beliefs about the future.
• Brainstorm on alternative visions and beliefs about the future.
• Become familiar with many diverse visions of the future, both from the sciences and the humanities.
• Challenge existing habitual beliefs about one’s ability to influence the future.
• Clarify and assess your life plans and goals and imaginatively and critically consider alternative possibilities.
• Clarify and assess your self-narrative and imaginatively and critically consider alternative views of who you are, what you can accomplish, and where you are heading.
• Learn about history and especially long term trends that are continuing in the present.
• Learn to tolerate better, if not appreciate, the uncertainties and adventure of life – be willing to take calculated risks at times – don’t be ruled by security and safety.
• Learn the psychological practices and techniques for enhancing optimism.
• Learn the psychological practices and techniques for enhancing thinking skills, visualization and imagination, and creativity.

In conclusion, future consciousness involves a fundamental set of normal psychological abilities and attitudes. Throughout our history, future consciousness has evolved, and there are many ways to facilitate its further development. It is of great value, personally and collectively, to pursue this continued evolution. Whether one is abstract or concrete, ethereal or pragmatic, cosmic or personally focused in attitude and inclination, future consciousness energizes, enriches, and benefits the total human mind. The future is both a very practical concern and a mind-expanding cosmic adventure in creativity and imagination. Future consciousness includes visual foresight, goal setting, planning, critical thinking, decision making, problem solving, ethics, and character virtues, and, most broadly, the multi-faceted capacity of wisdom. Future consciousness is also connected to the emotional, motivational, and personal dimensions of the human mind.

Our psychological health – our sense of hope, optimism, adventure, and self-efficacy – is intimately connected with future consciousness. Future consciousness is holistic and impacts all aspects of human psychology. The study of the future fosters intellectual synthesis and the development of higher cognitive processes; it helps us think about and understand the grand and interactive scheme of things. Future consciousness connects us to our world and all of humanity, present and future generations included, both cognitively and ethically. Future consciousness transforms us philosophically and spiritually. Given the scope and speed of change in our contemporary world, it is absolutely necessary that we continue to develop our future consciousness. There are many different reasons why we should further evolve our future consciousness. It is an issue of survival, of mental health, and of transformation and transcendence.

The whole principle of the Psychology of the New Consciousness is the raising of all existential energies to higher levels of intensity until the stage arrives when all these energies are transmuted by a new rhythm acting from above and below. And this development will not stop short at the gates of material existence, for our body, no less than the higher and more subtle dimensions of being, will also participate in the breakthrough of the New Consciousness.

The starting point for the material transformation. One of the first effects of this inner psychological dynamism is to cause the brain-bound thinking to open up to greater mental expanses, to achieve perception of a growing intensity of light which flows into the brain structure. There. it causes a clarification and cleansing of the nerves, liberating them from the darker and more violent currents and eddies of unregenerated nature. The body cells become permeated by a light which illumines even the body’s physical expression to give it an aura of lightness, purity, clarity and loving peace. This process goes hand in hand with an expansion of awareness and a development of the complementary psycho-physical energy currents in the body.

And this awareness is also accompanied by an increasing capacity for conscious individual evolution which more and more liberates the human being from bondage to unconsciousness in body and life and from the tyranny of mental conceptions. He enters into a higher evolution of his soul and spirit and approaches supramental perfection. All this is brought about by the sours trust in its own divinity, by its expression and revelation in a conscious experience which -banishes the mind’s meaningless rigid rationality and reveals the all-encompassing meaning in all things. Life becomes simple. full of light. joyful, unburdened, happy. And the body also participates in this happiness, lightness, serenity. light, love and power. It can become joyful, full of light and love when it responds to the soul. And if it is not tyrannised, the body can respond in a simple and trusting way to receive ever more of the New Consciousness, awaken to the new vibration and express it in matter. Oppression by the narrow reason and the egoistic instincts of life have injected into the body a profound distrust of itself.

The anti-body attitude of religion and moral teachings have contributed their share. But all these are mere opinions, rigid mental formations which cannot exist in the presence of the Soul Light. When we entrust ourselves to it, the body will also awake to its Divinity, to its Truth. The wonderful new lifestyle in the new communities, the Cities of Transformation, will allow mind, life and body to free themselves -simultaneously. The new lifestyle will no longer tolerate the imposition of order via suppression and rigidification. True order will come from an inner truth, an inner agreement based on a unification in the depths of our being. We and everyone else will be accepted for what we truly are, so that everyone will have the opportunity to express their full divinity.

This new world will have nothing to do with breaking human beings or moulding them into conformity, because they will be totally accepted. An inner law of inmost truth will ensure that totality and rightness prevail. Thus will every human being be encouraged to live his wholeness and rightness. Within this atmosphere of bust and expansiveness, the body will quickly learn to develop its wholeness and rightness. And precisely because of its materiality, which has been damned so often, the body will give life its ultimate beauty and concreteness.

Wben all fear of self-expression and self-knowledge is gone. for the two are one since the body becomes aware of itself through action, it will attain a physical security and experiential certainty that it is not separated from the universe but is a homogenous component of the entire cosmos. Wthin material experience, the body will develop and embody an immense bust. Nature and man will be nourished by a new force which formerly was beyond his reach. When the power of trust flows In the body. in the cells. nerves and organs, then the surroundings also echo a new material response. The fear of nature withdraws and a joyful encounter results, a perfect material expression of an experience which has long been possible for the mind.

And the body opens itself out to the experience of its divinity, it learns to recognise itself as pure divine substance. And wherever this experience comes to dwell, the shadow of death retires into the background, withdrawing increasingly from the body’s awareness which is at the same time increasingly able to maintain itself in an endless sea of energy, the unbound energy of Shakti — Consciousness Force. Death is the egoism of matter. When it disappears, it dissolves into its true form of deathless energy.

Thus, when the body loses its fear and forgets death in a fully material way by living without the vibrations of fear and dissolution —it experiences itself more and more as a flexible receiver, maintainer and generator of this unlimited energy. To the degree that it becomes conscious of the supramental force streaming into it, it can acquire the means of receiving this energy current which flows through it in ever more abundant measure. It is the same current which streams through sun and planets. Under direct supramental influence, the body leams how to dissolve all obstacles still standing between itself and the universal energy. A direct flow of supramental energy occurs from soul to body without any bypaths through the realms of life and mind. It can receive ever greater quantities of energy in its soul, brain and body. This growing perfection of the body and its increasing capacity to receive ever greater quantities of unbound energy and its manifold expressions is the whole goal of material evolution.

As this perfection of the body progresses, the meeting of the complementary psycho-physical energies of the male and female will be followed by the experiencing of a material nerve current. It is an electrical energy bound to the body and moving in a complete cycle liberated from all hinderances so that it becomes totally effective.

When this cycle of nerve currents flows unhindered, the north pole (earth side) and south pole (spirit side) of the body, Pratistha and Karana, are connected in an infinite loop. Warmth, light and electricity — Tejas — flow along this cycle in the bodily substance —Retas. Since this cycle has an evolutionary trend, its strength depends on the body consciousness so that right at the beginning the qualities of warmth, light and electricity are still latent in Retas — the bodily substance. If the body consciousness is raised to give rise to greater amounts of inflowing energy and an enhanced capacity to store and emit this energy, then the body is more intensively stimulated. The first thing which is produced is heat or Tapas. This is why the Indian yogic methods for enhancing energy by self-discipline are called Tapas or Tapasya, because they produce stimulating warmth, a -source of powerful action and success.

The next thing to happen is that light is created — the primal Tejas — the energy which stands at the origin of all knowledge. The third stage of development gives rise to electricity — Vidyut — which is the basis for all powerful mental and physical action. Finally, the pure, unbound energy in its highest form — Ojas or Pranashakti — awaits its awakening from electricity in which it lies latent. This highest form of energy is at the same time the most refined form of matter and fills the entire body with physical strength, energy, brain power, pliability and consciousness. This conscious intensification of the nerve currents and excitation of the finest substantial forms in the body structure forms, under the influence of the supramental force, the next step of expression in fine materiality after or while we have grown conscious of the complementary psycho-physical energies in the body. Both types of energy thus link up at a specific point of development, which can vary greatly in individual cases, to give rise to a yet further evolution. It becomes obvious that these two types of energy initially meet in the solar centre, the natural or feminine energy pole.

The progressive handover to the activity of the New Consciousness, the psychological principle, and the increasing liberation of all the soul’s modes of manifestation raises both the energy currents from the solar centre into the heart centre. The supramental force can then act directly from soul to body, giving rise to a new experience in the most material parts of the physical body: the body experiences Soul Conditions directly, i.e. the soul begins to materialise.

The vision of the New World materialises and more and more the body acquires the power of direct materialisation. These new bodily experiences, and it must be repeatedly pointed out that this process of transformation is not subject to a rigid principle. It will find suitable and individual expression in line with the needs and tendencies of each body, of each human being. We may record only a few general lines of development: the principle of an inner handover, transformation of the complementary male-female energies, transformation and intensivation of the nerve currents and their centering in the soul centre.

All this may happen in separation, or simultaneously or successively, but everything follows naturally from the initial inner handover to the supramental powers which influence the soul. At all times, a number of disciplines and rules have existed which were used within certain paths of development to achieve a deification of human nature. But the handover to the force emanating from the Consciousness of Future Man is quite different, being subject to no fixed rules. Everything develops under a direct inner guidance which works from the background as long as the ego is active but which becomes manifest and all-encompassing as soon as the identification with the soul has been achieved. Various methods may be used along the way, in tune with the inner guidance. But the only law is that of evolution itself, the handover. It is the basis for the New Consciousness and the starting point for the emergence of Future Man.

The Supramental Soul causes the Ideal Body, which contains all energies, to flow into the previous body structure. The Ideal Body is thus formed in a more subtle dimension, and at the same time the material body develops further towards the fusion to which the soul is drawing it more and more. We see what an important part of this process the progressive incorporation of the divine principle represents, which is the unification of all energies in a multidimensional Oneness. This principle stands behind the male and female expression, making apparent the importance of a further development of the relationships between people in order to attain this higher at-one-ment.

This transformation is made possible by the complete handover to the intensive activity of the love-wisdom-consciousness force of the Divine Principle.

While the New Body is formed, the eyes — for example — become messengers of light, gates of the soul, mediators and receptors of an inner language of the soul. They can project and receive energy through space and time. The hearing develops into a form of perception which can hear both these aspects of energy of Manifestation (Space and Time). Eye and ear as well as all the other organs and functionings of the body are no longer subordinate instruments of the mental and vital consciousness: the organs themselves develop an intrinsic consciousness, and every organ and every part and cell of the body is filled with the Supramental consciousness. The central principle is no longer the mental or vital consciousness, but the Soul Consciousness.

The brain can transmit new thoughts, no longer self-existent and limited, but carriers of a supramental vibration which has transformed the entire mental field and its different dimensions, the five mental levels, into a continual supramental ladder of ascent. The brain cells become storers of energy, receptors and transmitters of the Consciousness of Truth, the Real Idea. Both halves of the brain develop a similarly individualised and unified reality of consciousness, a synthesis of linear and global aspects.

The limited mental function, the limitation of thoughts, is replaced by a direct supramental vision of the whole and the inner relation of all details to the whole and to every part in the brain cells. This is simultaneously the start of a constant materialisation of new substances or substance vibrations in the body.

A new organ of perception opens out in the back of the head. It can extend over the entire back. The larynx develops the capacity to perceive subtle and acoustic-physical oscillations and their nature. It can increasingly generate the new vibrations, fill the atmosphere with the supramental force and also perceive consciously which vibratory patterns are present in the atmosphere and precisely recognise which of these vibrations are closed, which are open and which belong to the New World.

It is a vast field of oscillations that can be perceived, a field in constant motion. The heart and the inner organs also develop an intense consciousness, a capacity of perception to become channels of communication. Through the physical consciousness centered in the brain, the soul can permeate the whole body with light and force and love, so that it assumes completely new dimensions, a kind of fluid vibration, without losing its form. The heart becomes a material energy point for soul love, a helping force which can have a direct effect on other hearts and other lives.

The hands, arms and legs become energy conductors, transmitters and receivers of the supramental forces. They develop a marked consciousness which allows them to work without the mental will, to move the body. The healing force of the soul streams out through the hands.

A direct contact with the earth takes place through the feet, and a consciousness current flows into the planet so that its emanation is transformed from within. Matter, the very ground itself, acquires a new vibration so that nature and the surroundings of the New Body become increasingly transformed. Blood, nerves and skin become bearers of light-vibrations. The surface of the skin changes to become a differentiated oscillating field of light-consciousness.

Every part of the surface develops its particular capacity for perception, its mode of communication and radiance. The purification and light-permeation of the nerves is one of the first changes to occur, since the nerve paths stand at the boundary between the material and finely-substantial bodies, so that they are the first to open up or extend towards the Ideal Body in the finely substantial medium.

During a certain period of time therefore, both the grossly-material nervous perception and its mode of functioning take place as well as the nervous perceptions in the still unmaterialised finely-substantial body. The blood develops an awareness of freshness, of vitality and perception through light. The bone marrow becomes an intensively radiating battery of light-forces. A part of its light substance can be transferred to the blood vessels of other bodies, the physical heart awakes to a secret consciousness.

All separatedness disappears from the body. The consciousness of the material body can increasingly live in all bodies. The old body fades away to make way for an indescribable new condition which is simultaneously universal and individual. But this transformation is not only experienced by the mental consciousness, but by the body, its organs, cells and forces. The become supramental beings materialised supamental vibrations.

The body also develops a new supramental language, which is so completely different from what we understand mentally as language, that it cannot be described. It is a permanent material-supramental way of being. The body becomes what it sees. Space and Time also change, since we have hitherto seen with mental eyes only. In the materially supramental consciousness, space and time are not separated. Everything collects in the supramental soul, and not the future alone, but also the past is flexible and mutable.

Matter expresses its life in states of soul, thus marking the beginning of complete transformation, a revelation of supramental omni-potence. It is a consciousness in which absolutely no opposition any longer exists between creation and its origin, so that it is capable of a complete self-expression in which whatever it sees becomes manifest. When this change-over in matter first appears, it means no less than the beginning of a New Creation. A new material expression, a new material form and finally also a new material substance are the necessary result of such a change in the Divine Consciousness.

The Soul of Future Man becomes incarnate and matter expresses its life in states of soul. At first in the form of planetary centres, then in growing organisms, in Cities of Transformation and finally in a complete supramental transformation of matter. This will lead to a completed relationship between Body, Universe, Society and Matter. The key lies in the smallest cell.

The New Consciousness affects the mind to produce a growing transparency of all mental dimensions. It is expressed beyond thoughts, in the silence of the mind, which becomes totally translucent for the supramental vibration in utter tranquility.

The Supramental Creation is its simplicity. It is here, it surrounds us and leads us in all conceivable ways into the unknown, but its results are always totally certain. And when we have begun to open ourselves a little to the smiling presence of the supramental consciousness, we quickly recognise how superseded are the old ideas of mental discipline, of Yoga, the thousand methods of mental man, in the light of the new consciousness. What now happens — and we can call it Supramental Yoga — is that a simple self-opening increasingly fills us with a new vibration, easy and straightforward, for the supramental manifestation has taken place, the new vibration oscillates everywhere, around us, above us, in us, below us, by the side of us.

And while we open ourselves up, we rise quite naturally into ever higher and further regions and worlds of the highest consciousness — in serenity and lightness. The New is simpler than the Old. The New Creation is simpler because it is more all-encompassing, broader and greater and thus capable of including all things. This had never been possible before, an incapacity which had obstructed progress in the past. For every progress has its obstacle to overcome, to become a secure fact in the consciousness of the earth. Spirit is infinity, and the highest force of the spirit, the force of the Divine Consciousness.

But every creation by this force will express only a partial potential of this force and its possibilities as long as it is not aiming at consciously revealing the infinite in and through the finite form, a revelation which is the nature of the New Creation. We consequently see an evolutionary universe, we ourselves form a part of this universe, imbued by the principle of evolution. Thus progress in the past has initially been concerned with the liberation of the divine element in its formulation through mind, life and body, and ways and means had been found corresponding to these efforts. The spirit immanent in this threefold formula of creation was liberated from the limitations of these forms, so that a heaven of the beyond, a leap into an indescribable nirvana took place.

The old spirituality had therefore to detach the life of the ego from earthly life and earthly identification and unite with the highest spirit by extinguishing the ego. But since life in the limited formulation of the individual being is, by virtue of its origin, a power of the Divine, of the hidden force of the Divine Consciousness, something unsolved and enigmatic was attached to this extinguishing of life in favour of a beyond. The leap was -possible, but life nonetheless remained stubbornly existent and followed a slow path over tremendous periods of time towards a distant goal. But because the efforts of the past concerned themselves only with the limits set by the mind, life and the body, this secret determination of the universal and individual nature could not be revealed. Life thus came to be seen as an obstacle to spiritual perfection, since it fettered man to the body and to material existence and flooded his mind with the needs of this coarse life, even made him into a slave of nature.

The efforts of the early spiritual disciplines therefore aimed at a twofold detachment of this life nexus: firstly the body was trained to develop capabilities allowing it to become free of the surge of the life forces by the vital nature of man and its constant flow of energies, so that he no longer had to follow the impulses of his vital nature. This fettering of the life forces in the body system was supplemented from the mental side by enabling the mind, by way of a supraconscious -enlightenment, to affect the life forces and finally master them by discipline.

The new or supramental method is based on an evolution of the consciousness beyond the mental and physical limits. The life -forces are then liberated from their fettered state. It is not mind or body which affect the vital nature, but the supramental force and the soul united together in a single divine unity.

Thus the supramental initially forms the mental and teaches it to open itself. This supramentalised mental nature then turns to the life forces. In the same way, the soul from its dimension instructs the body and teaches it self-opening. By means of this self-opening it becomes more and more receptive to the supramental forces, which it receives through the soul, and then turns to the life forces as supramentalised body. When the life forces revolt due to their conservative egoism, the mind does not react with confusion: it understands the problems of the vital nature and passes them on to the supramental which solves the mental problems resulting from the revolt of the vital nature. The body is not shocked by the agitation of the life forces. It is without fear and turns to the soul, which loves the body and gives it suppleness.

The result of this filling of the life forces with peace, joy, bliss and strength is a liberation of all ego-bound forces in a joyful self–opening to the action of the supramental consciousness, the revelation of the Divine consciousness. of the origin of the world, and mind, life and body completely express the Divine through Eternal Youth, Boundless Energy and Immortality. This is the Yoga in the shape of a City, which we can receive, with its strength to redeem the suffering and darkness of life and to open the portals to a New World OF LOVE, FREEDOM, PERFECTION and TRANSFORMATION.

The New Consciousness can both look into and out of this lens. Within it we may see a beautiful, clear landscape with a mountain: an image of the future world.

However, if the body is able, under the direction of the Soul of Future Man, to develop this flexible receptivity with relative ease (assuming that the mind, the reason and the various mental levels are completely free of petrifications and limitations, so that the New Consciousness can enter the soul without hindrance), it must still go through a complete series of far-reaching transformations to ensure a permanent material effect. One of the next experiences may thus be the perception of Supramental Substance as a kind of energy field. And this perception or feeling shifts increasingly to the nervous system itself.

This whole system with its many ramifications becomes an antenna for the -reception of the supramental vibrations. This perception then takes the form of a golden substance which contains seeds or little flames; they are first felt in the back, for numerous nerve strands emanate from the spinal column across the back and through the entire body. Potentially, every cell contains in itself the potentialities of all cells. The various cells are as it were specialised formations of a perfect Master Cell, which bears in itself all possibilities. One of the expressions of this Master Cell is the visual nerve, but the potential of this nerve is also present in every other cell in the body.

Thus when gross matter is permeated more and more by the substance of the New Consciousness under the soul influence, the New World can be stamped more and more onto the body. We can suppose that after a while the body itself begins to assume this new mode of knowing quite spontaneously. It is thus no longer the effect of the New Consciousness through the soul dimension, but a conscious repetition of these new processes by the body structure.

This repetition and reception will proceed step by step in the body. Initially, the subtle-physical shell receives the new forces and adapts itself to them. This is the basis of the psychic-material seeing. But the subtle-physical shell and substance is bound up in its most material parts with the grossly-material nervous system. This is why this system will be the first to respond to the new energies of the supramental world. And again it is the most sensitive and most evolved cells which are the first to make the transition. There are two areas in the general bodily system which are especially sensitive and particularly evolved: the lumbar and spinal region and the head. These areas at the same time represent an evolutionary development.

The entire digestive and alimentary system, the organs of reproduction and the spine possess a sort of bodily nerve intelligence which developed long before the brain evolved to the form we see today. This intelligence and this perception are activated by means of precisely coordinated nerve impulses which give animals and lower life-forms with rudimentary brains an extraordinary precision and an awareness of all vital and survival processes. This awareness is beyond the reach of a highly evolved animal such as man, even with the help of all his science.

The nerve intelligence with its memory reaching back millions of years is, however, an obstacle for higher physical development as long as it remains bound to the mechanical repetitiveness of the old memory. When the nervous system begins to perceive the supramental substance, it may happen that after a further development which prepares the first direct contact between the grossly-material nervous system and the supramental substance, this enters the lower part of the spine (at the tailbone), gradually changes the nerve paths and prepares them for the inflow of the new force. This entry of supramental substance takes place very gently and gives rise to a feeling of sweetness, of weightlessness, of light, of peace and a calm joy in the entire abdominal and spinal regions.

Seen as a whole, this experience takes the following form: The sensitised nerves of the spinal region and of the neck see a golden, vibrating energy field with a gentle radiative force. In this energy field, which seems to have an infinite depth, there hover particles which look like golden seeds or calm flames. This energy field is felt to be located behind the body, and we get the feeling of an all-powerful protection and a tender presence. From this substance is formed a kind of arm or channel which penetrates the body in the lower region of the spine.

This entry is perceived as a kind of immersion. A sweet pressure is felt in the moment when this substance comes into contact with matter. Then a peaceful current begins to spread out in the abdominal region. We can feel and see how all the nerves of this region begin to be affected, so that we seem to be sitting in a bowl which gently raises us. We feel light, are joyful and content. But a consciousness accompanies this feeling. This means that the body does not only feel lightness or satisfaction as before. It also feels and sees the light-in-itself and the consciousness which is contained in this light. This is transformed into the impression that the entire abdominal region becomes transparent, translucent, as if a kind of air current were to remove all blocks or any pollution and darkness from this region and its organs.

At the same time as this golden bowl, which streams its forces over the body, is formed, we also see and feel how a golden tongue begins to move from this same entry point in the spine, along the spine and up into the brain. This movement or inpouring is also gentle and very loving, accompanied by a wonderful perception of sweetness. This ascending tongue is somewhat larger than the spine and surrounds it with a warm, golden radiance. When the substance has risen as far as the head, it spreads out like a leaf, pours through the brain and covers the head. This experience is not identical with what is known as the awakening of the Kundalini. It is the contact with a new dimension of divine consciousness, which has not been often recorded before.

A connecting channel is formed from the golden substance to the lower region of the spine. From there, this substance extends like two golden tongues into the nerves of the abdominal region, along the spine, into the brain and over the head.

The effect of this contact with the new forces in the nervous system is a preparation for the continued development of the brain, which being an organ of a higher stage of evolutionary development, becomes a new centre of action.

Soul of Future Man and the initial preparation of the lower nerve system, the brain function begins to change or expand to a new mode of being. It is the starting point for the materialisation of the New World.

We thus approach a world which is no longer a three-dimensional world of objects and living beings. It is a four-dimensional state in which matter, substance and energy have become a unified consciousness, in which the Soul of Future Man grows and which is at the same time contained in the soul. The entire panorama of the future forms the material of the Soul of Future Man. It is the key to all-power, for a new creation can be embodied through this soul. And the energy of this omnipotence is love. Allencompassing love which can be materialised and so makes the entire universe into an expression, a materialisation of love. For this reason the supramental power is woven of love. The world will initially appear as a multitudinous flowing energy field. Even solid objects no longer seem to be solid. Rather do we perceive the principle or the relative consciousness which stands behind every particular energy formation.

AS soon as the awareness and Soul of Future Man begin to manifest in the first individuals, a new physical reality is revealed to these nascent Future Men and allows them to serve as magnets and points of attraction for the further development, concretisation and materialisation of the new forces. This power of cohesion and synthesis is based on the increasing materialisation of the soul and its forces in the body and in the physical world, so that the transmundane state of the world, the experience of the higher divine world and the knowledge of the gods are combined with a receptivity for the supramental forces and their mode of existence in the physical world to produce an unified mode of being in mental, vital and bodily incarnation.

This way of life of Future Man means that the incarnating soul increasingly lives the higher reality of the gods and the supramental world and brings it down to earth. It assumes a material body or develops it so that it becomes progressively able to express the realities of higher worlds on the earth.

The result is a bridging of all separation between the supracorporeal, immortal existence of the soul and the mortal life so that a new immortal body is created, capable of fully expressing the Divine Consciousness. For this reason we can say that the -Consciousness presence of Future Man links the supramental world with the material world. This link itself corresponds to the progressive embodiment of the Supramental Real Idea or the Consciousness of Truth in the individual body and the transmission to the larger human famity by the functions of the New Body.

The dimensions in which the progressively materialising Soul of Future Man can express itself comprise the following in a single Supramental Consciousness: the consciousness of Future Man, all the experience and knowledge of the archetypal ideal world of the gods plus the evolutive incarnation-world of man. Man came increasingly under the influence of the archetypal world of the gods in his mental ascent through the ideal and higher planes and so expressed a spark of this immutable principle in his ideals of harmony and beauty but also of destruction and struggle.

The arising of the Soul of the Future Man gives us a consciousness and intelligence of the gnosis — the Truth Consciousness which also embodies in its supramental force all the power of the higher ideal world of the gods. It is an intelligence which can express the creativity of the superearthly upon the earth. The limited mental ascent to the plane of the gods will be replaced by a complete Psychic Incarnation of their powers on earth and the Soul of Future Man will link these ideal forces to the evolutionary life-forces of the material world, so that substance and knowledge become the reality of the future as a single supramental realisation.

This newly incarnating being has an intelligence far beyond the traditional form. The Intelligence of Future Man, or rather his consciousness, is the Supramental Intelligence of the Spirit, the perfect unity of Knowledge and Will which is revealed on all levels of creation right down to the apparent unconsciousness of matter as its central principle. This supramental force of the spirit world which is contained in the hidden development of worlds, the evolution of life and mind, which maintains all these forms or gives rise to them as parts of itself, will become an effective force in the consciousness of Future Man. It will no longer be hidden but will work directly and create its own means of expression. It is the gnosis of the spirit, master of its own cosmos. Knowing itself, the supramental nature knows all things, for all things are the coming-into-being and development of its own force.

It knows all things directly and completely, from the inside, in their own truth and in their relation to things. A spontaneous knowledge of the whole and all its details. This complete perception of the multiplicity in unity and unity in multiplicity, and the force of unity grounded securely in itself brings forth multiplicity as the expression of its completeness and is graduated through the world of the gods to become a directly active force, which is unlimited in essence but can limit its expression for a particular purpose. The ordering force of the divine beings in the universe is thus a delegated force of the supramental omnipotence and omniscience of the spirit. When embodied in the Soul of Future Man, this gradation becomes a physically individualised reality and a vibration of capacities in his -consciousness.

These vibrations reach, with the fully activated intensity of the supramental world, from the highest level of the Spirit down to the deepest abyss of Matter. A primal vibration, simultaneously motion and sound, emerges in its totality of knowledge and will from the complete Supramental -Substance of the Consciousness of Future Man which is the perfect knowledge of the One and the complete power of the expression or will of the One in all possibilities. An all-powerful creative motion, a vibration, is set up in an infinite space of supramental glory. It is experienced as a the sum of all the sounds of the world, the consciousness or divinity which bears in itself the creative resolution.

This is the great divinity — as ancient Indian science of the supranatural named it — in his innumerable aspects.

An all-creative light-energy field sounds forth as a knowledge, a hymn of immortality from the supramental consciousness. This highest divinity, which represents the highest stage of the experiential mind, becomes a perfect force of the New World in its supramental embodiment in Future Man, manifesting its divinity in the motion and voice of the New Body, in the vibrations of its cells and the intensity of its nerves and energies.

The creative word and chant and the divinity which are the bearers of this knowledge. It is the beginning of the creation and the birth of the divinities who stand at the origin of creation and are represented as a great quaternity with innumerable names: consciousness and light, bliss, truth, life.

Thus, in the body of the materialising Soul of Future Man, this knowledge-power and the power of the divinities become the word of truth and the poetry of truth, the sound and intensity of the supramental speech which moves the world and incarnates the consciousness of truth, syllable by syllable. For the speech of Future Man is truth and thus has the power to manifest Truth in the world. With the bliss of the gods, his words will strike the yearning soul of an awakening humanity and will never lose their consciousness-expanding qualities. The further stages of the self-organising supramental creation now reveal the divine powers which prevail behind colour and form, the play of infinite worlds and arts, the manifesting forces whose magic lines guard the sublime blueprint of the future and the fundamental principle of the world’s structure. In the New Body of Future Man these powers and divinities receive their supramental perfection in the individual in the form of an ability to bring forth an impeccable physical beauty, a divine mastery of the secrets of colour and line, structure and rhythm in form and plan — Mandala. Their touch will cause the consciousness of truth to sound forth in every line and curve and point, to radiate forth in every colour.

All cosmic forces are integrated in its formation to a cadence of supramental perfection, beauty and harmony. The higher ideal world of the gods and goddesses and their super-earthly force receive, through their embodiment in the Soul of Future Man, a further graduation of supramental perfection in their power over the nature of space and form and volume — Yantra. The indwelling divinities in the structure and special configuration of worlds of perfect space, the sacred measure, inner dimension and perfect curvature which links that space to all things, and the miracle of an absolute temple of divinity in eternal time, gather together to a harmonious world-creation in the Soul of Future Man. Sublime archetypes of immense power of the eternal in matter, form and volume, they fill the limbs, form and matter of the new body with the supramental intensity of imperturbable peace and stability.

The dimensions in which Future Man’s Soul expresses itself combine to form the ideal body through which the supramental force and consciousness manifest on earth under individual conditions. They form the subtle medium and the fine supramental substance in which all divine worlds move in their supramental perfection. In it they can gather up their wealth under the aegis of the Supramental Real-Idea or the idea of truth-awareness in the Soul of Future Man, to realise a perfect creation. This ideal body and its divine capacities come into action after the preparatory stage which worked on the matter of the physical body, its nerves and cells, increasingly affecting its structure.

The ideal body will in ever greater measure interpenetrate and influence the transient substance and raise it to a state of immortality, into a consciousness of progressive perfection, so that the transmundane state of the soul and the mundane state combine under various mental, vital and physical conditions to form a new mode of being, a -progressive materialisation of the Consciousness of Future Man in an immortal body. All which at an earlier mental stage was regarded as superearthly existence, as a divine world separated from man’s earthly mode of being and existing in a higher realm, -becomes an experienced reality in a New Body. Or rather in a bodily existence which forms a transition towards a body ever more like the ideal body, partaking ever more of its qualities.

The passage into physical birth is therefore, in the new supramental creation, a conscious incarnation of the divine powers of the gods in a mortal body which houses from its inception a soul aware of its immortality, using this fragile and transient material with the passion of the spirit and its invincible power, Divine, to permeate it with the pure flame of Supramental Truth and to transmute it into an immortal vessel for the deathless godhead. It is an awakening of the human soul to become the Soul of Future Man, a transformation, a leap onto the immense potentials of a transformed world.

It is accompanied by a liberation from all bonds, creating the New World from a certain point of one’s life so that either by a gradual process or by a sudden awakening to material divinity, new life and a new form and substance is imparted to the material body. Or it may be a direct materialisation of the ideal body, the completed birth of Future Man. It is in any case the start of a new creation, which begins the conquest of the mortal world with the glory of its Supramental Manifestation. Its first dawn is felt by individuals, by adventurers of consciousness, by researchers and scientists, by the knowers of the immediate future which is about to be born. Whatever form this entry point into the new creation will take, will help to give birth to the Soul of Future Man in their bodily life.

They will begin together with the great worlds of the gods, to bring world harmony into being. They will have the creative touch, the capacity, talent and genius to fulfill the sublime message, the indescribable form and the light and knowledge and plan of the future, making it tangible for a seeking humanity. Thus the Soul of Future Man begins to embody its consciousness and to assume or develop a form which condenses and realises in itself the key and the knowledge of the transformation of the world and of matter and the buildup of the new world.

The ideal body and the forces of all worlds are conjoined in the Consciousness of Future Man with matter, teaching it supramental perfection. Thus, the immersion into the incarnation world of the earth plane is the birth of the true individual, the unique being aware of his divine origin who now begins to manifest, step by step, the limitless possibilities of this origin within material evolution. It is the beginning of the science of the future, the Science of Transformation, which conjoins three paths to solve the task of transformation.

The tremendous rise of global movements and their ever increasing convergence appears to have led to the disappearance of this unity to external observation and its replacement by restrictive specialisation. Divisions and separations of this kind arose from the necessity of keeping pace mentally with the new developments continually appearing in all sectors. From a superficial view, we have been forced to adopt these stopgap measures by the inadequacy of our backward methods of education and training and by their lack of balance. But in truth this helplessness is due to the meeting with the force of a new evolutionary epoch which has not yet fully arrived.

And when man’s mentality begins to open itself consciously to its Supramental Potential and thus cooperates with the New Dimension of awareness which is at work in the earth’s atmosphere, the time and the need for separation and division will be over. The mental crisis is dearly visible ever since the sudden acceleration in material progress has begun under the action of the new forces, but it has not — or not yet — been balanced by corresponding spiritual progress in humanity at large.

The result is thus a momentary but not inevitable psychological crisis, a global crisis of adaptation to the New Consciousness. It manifests in the helpless efforts made to impose a rigid monolithic outer organisation onto global forces rather than allow a flexible inner unification with the activity of these forces. This development has taken place because almost all fields of knowledge have lost their original unity in their relation to man and the divine and have become ever more self-enclosed, referring to an inhuman or rather an – unsouled conception of perfection which is increasingly becoming destructive for humanity.

After the removal of the veil of ego, the removal of the veil of Nature and her inferior modes that govern our mind, life and body. As soon as the limits of the ego begin to fade, we see how that veil is constituted and detect the action of cosmic Nature in us, and in or behind cosmic Nature

This realization does not, therefore, entail the transformation of the human into the Divine since the human has in essence been the Divine all along and does not change: divinity lies hidden in man by the veil of ignorance which, when drawn, enables man to realize his identity with and as the Divine

That men do not realize their divinity is only due to the fact that they have not yet removed the great veil of ignorance which shrouds the vision of the Infinite.

when a consciousness of union comes, we become aware that the veil is only a concept of our own minds, a veil of ignorance.

The inner guru opens the disciple’s eyes to awareness. Knowledge exists, but ignorance veils it, and it is the guru who removes this veil from the intellect. The guru is the guide who opens the gate of the dormant faculties and awakens the latent power and energy within.

The Upanishadic sages described this ignorance as a “veil of illusion” that obscures the truth and confuses the mind so that it cannot discriminate between reality and appearance.2 In the yogic view, suffering has its origins in a process called extroversion (unmesha). The soul gradually becomes completely identified with the material plane of existence, even though this “gross material plane”—the physical body and the personality—is only the most outward and visible aspect of her true home.

We can become masters of our energy. As we awaken to the inner reality of our being, the essence of our soul, we come in contact with the greater reality of our being, beyond our life in our body and our mind. Meditation reveals to man his own soul. In meditation the mind is turned inwards upon itself. Man’s consciousness expands. The more he meditates the more and more he will expand beyond consciousness into superconsciousness. This wonderful power of your inner Gum can make you free from all bondages, earthly and spiritual, when you believe in it as your real self and access its power. It is clear by now that the aim of integral Yoga is not only freedom from the bondage of human nature but its perfect control with a view to transform, spiritualise and divinise it.

The constant influx of perceptions blended with your views and opinions and race mind tend to make it difficult for harmonious thinking as well as a harmonious relationship of your energies with the Universe. With the exercise and mastering of the mind and thoughts, a person’s inner and Spiritual conditions can be enhanced dramatically for the good. Many would say that we are in a dream state and living in illusion until we get out of our state of being self-absorbed and connect to the source of all on a Spiritual level.

The truth is if we learn how to unlock our inherent gifts and master them we can become true masters of our own lives but we need to understand how to flip that switch. It does not come from isolated positive thinking or meditating underneath a rock. There is an intelligent process required, idea, action, result and repeat.

As we awaken to the inner reality of our being, the essence of our soul, we come in contact with the greater reality of our being, beyond our life in our body and our mind.

Spiritual resonance is a vibrational pattern of greater cosmic wholeness, which is experienced as being accessed by soul awareness. Spiritual resonance is a central core of life, not just healing. It is the vibrational fabric from which healing and life emerge, and is greater than the sum of its parts. Spiritual resonance, which includes all other forms of resonance, is perceived as a gift to the receiver who is consciously aware of the experience, but the potential for realization is present in all of us. Spiritual resonance is realized through an experience of expanded awareness, usually through spiritual practice, and is nonlinear, transcending time and space.

All negative thoughts serve to limit the mind. They make the mind its own slave. Negative thoughts pull your mind away from the infinite divine consciousness.

Self-Realization is an evolutionary action of transformation! Self-Realization has birthed us into another consciousness. This Higher Self-consciousness is far removed from the presentlower self-consciousness that is possessed by our present race of Homo sapiens—the human-animal. The roots of the lower self-consciousness are firmly grounded in matter whereas the Consciousness of the Higher Self has Its roots not only in matter but also in the Transcendent Realm. As we ascend the ladder of consciousness, our Awareness and our angle of vision widen and deepen. Each level of consciousness contains its own reality. As we move up the spiritual evolutionary ladder, truth changes and so does our purpose for Being. The Higher Self-consciousness is at the summit of the spiritual ladder that still lies in the duality of matter. It is the last outpost for the physical human animal. The Higher Self-consciousness contains the Highest Truth, Awareness and Values that are available to Man.

Awakening is the ultimate of religion. Religion is, not really, in believing something outside of your being. It is not in believing or following some authoritative figure, the church, temple, organization or any ideological system of belief. Religion is trusting in what is eternal within you, your inner light, the Guru within. It is trusting in yourself, in the divinity within you that remains masked in the human body known as yourself.

With this trust, the inner Gum will be awakened to reveal the real you, as a grace, a beauty and splendour unknown to you so far. If that really happens to you, a deep inner silence, joy and peace will fill your being. You will find that, the life your mind had so long woven around you, with its hopes and frustrations, fears and anxieties, likes and dislikes, fleeting joys and sorrows, is not as real as you usually think of them. It is not as real as your real being of unlimited grace is. Your real being is a being, filled with blessedness that does not contain a trace of a shadow within it. As you wake up to this truth of your being, you will artlessly radiate a silent love that is not an emotion but a blessedness expressing itself as a tender benevolence towards all the existence. You will be a blessing to the existence.

“Be the Light that you are. Take refuge in your inner light.”

In the sacred shrine of your heart, there is an amazing light burning ceaselessly. This eternal light is the subtle principle that resides within all of us, which is unborn and undying. It is a repository of infinite strength, wisdom, abundance and auspiciousness. It is bliss infinite and the giver of supreme happiness. It is the support-less, infinite sky of supreme wisdom. It is the silent witness of everything. It is neither male, nor female. It exists beyond all dualities. It is never bounded by time, space or conditions. This witnessing presence is pure and clear like the sky, luminous like the morning Sun. It is our inner Guru.

The word Guru, in Sanskrit, means that which removes or dispels darkness. `Gu’ in Sanskrit means darkness and ‘Ru’ is synonymous to light. The word ‘guru’ literally means the light that dispels darkness. Darkness exists inside all sentient beings in the form of ignorance of their real nature.

Your inner Guru already exists within you, shrouded in the veil of your ignorance and forgetfulness.

Ironically, we can not find permanent happiness and fulfilment in anything that exists outside of us. Things wear out, grow old, or loose their charm for us. This is the nature of all things and beings in this temporal plane of existence. Therefore, our search for light continues life after life, until one day we find the light within our inner being. When you trust the Guru within, you become open and receptive to the healing potential lying within the depth of your being. You become available to the light to remove all the darkness.

This world or the ego has created a belief system that make humans believe the powers is outside him and not within him, and the consequence is that humans don´t idenifying themselves with their inner higher real self (guru), and instead identifying themselves with the external ego-body-identity. The ego then prevents humans from knowing their inner higher guru of themselves by deny themselves their inner being and divine knowledge. The veil of ignorance is in place to held humankind trapped and imprisoned within the lower matriz of darkness.

The Transcendental Power

This mystical power of the Guru within you can transform your life by bringing you all the happiness, peace and freedom, if you trust and rely on it. This power lies dormant within you until when you learn about it and begin to invoke this mystical power to find your true place in life. This is the power of all pervading pure consciousness. The power of your Inner Guru is beyond all measures. This power directs all the vital processes and functions of your body. It directs the functioning of your heart, the circulation of your blood, digestion and assimilation of food that you take in. It also guides the movement of the stars in the distant galaxies. It is the common ground of the whole existence. It knows the answers to all problems. It never sleeps. It is cosmic, and it is independent of time and space.

This wonderful power of your inner Gum can make you free from all bondages, earthly and spiritual, when you believe in it as your real self and access its power. This power governs the billions of cells in your body to act in precision, in an integrated manner.

Remember this power, stay connected to this power and let it flow through your Life. Then wonders will happen in your life. It is the power of your infinite, limitless being. To be aware of this power and to manifest it in every aspect of your life is your divine birthright. This power is the presence of God within you.

Most people block them off from this innate source of blessedness that exists at the core of their being. This power stays dormant within us until we wake up to acknowledge its presence.

Only the human beings, intelligent as we are, have the miraculous capacity to be conscious of this hidden treasure, thereby accelerating our growth on the scale of evolution. We have the capacity to manifest the seed of God-essence, hidden within, to make the life a saga of joy and fulfilment.

On the other hand, only the human beings have the capacity to block this light through creating a veil of constant thinking, false beliefs and ego driven attitudes, thereby retarding their growth on the scale of evolution. We, all of us, are inherently destined to manifest as the godly beings that is waiting as a seed within us.

It is clear by now that the aim of integral Yoga is not only freedom from the bondage of human nature but its perfect control with a view to transform, spiritualise and divinise it. This can only be achieved by the intervention of a supracosmic consciousness-force.

Tte Supermind or Supramental. Only the Supermind has the integrative power to bring about this comprehensive and all-inclusive transformation of the individual’s life, mind and body. The dynamic view of yoga is an effort towards the realisation of the potentialities of human personality, and the union of the human individual with the Divine, which ultimately leads to the manifestation of the Divine life on earth.

Meditation reveals to man his own soul. In meditation the mind is turned inwards upon itself. Man’s consciousness expands. The more he meditates the more and more he will expand beyond consciousness into superconsciousness.

The ego-body-mind is assailed with worries, anxieties, fears, blunders and endless tribulation because he is only body conscious. As long as body identification remains, man will remain a slave to the senses. Meditation shows the way out by turning the mind within. Only meditation brings genuine peace and happiness. This is the ideal way to unwind the entire system.

The whole science of yoga and meditation is to help man understand his true identity. He is beyond body, he is beyond mind, he is Spirit.

The yogi puts the whole power of the mind towards his own self, learns introspection, and through that introspection, he realizes his true nature. It reveals the true nature of the soul to him. It reveals to man his true condition, discovers a Saviour, opens to view life and immortality,

The above sadhana will reveal the divine word and invest it with God’s power. Above us dwells a superconscient god Hidden in the mystery of his own light. Around us is a vast of ignorance Lit by the uncertain ray of human mind, Below us sleeps the Inconscient dark and mute. But this is only Matter’s first self-view, A scale and series in the Ignorance. This is not all we are or all our world. Our greater self of knowledge waits for us, A supreme light in the truth-conscious Vast: It sees from summits beyond thinking mind, It moves in a splendid air transcending life. It shall descend and make earth’s life divine for the seeker. Truth made the world, not a blind Nature-Force.

This stilling of the mind, its subjugation and control whereby it may be concentrated on anything at will, or, more difficult still, emptied of every thought and image, is particularly difficult for persons of our race and training—a race the natural direction of whose consciousness is strongly outward, a training in which the culture of the will and the practice of introspective meditation finds no place.

You are not your body and you are not your mind; you are soul energy. You are soul energy merely inhabiting a body for a brief period of time. This body and this mind is just a temporary home that your soul energy has chosen to operate from so that it may fulfill a higher purpose. At your very core, you are a soul that was given a body and a mind. Your body and mind are temporary tools to help you on your journey. But often these tools can dominate your life, making you forget that you are more than just what you see. To live a positively charged life, you have to learn how to balance your mind, body, and soul, and allow them to operate as one. In order to do this, you need to allow your soul to be the guiding force. Your soul is the core of who you are and everything that emanates from your soul is helping you live a positive life. If you imagine you are a flower, then your soul is the seed. If you plant the seed, nourish and water it, and give it adequate sunlight, the rest takes care of itself. When you can tune in to the power of your soul, your mind and body will naturally follow.

Stlling the mind is to stilling the beta brain waves. By stilling, lowering and quitening and emptying the mind of beta brain waves and learn to nourish and water the real higher self with alpha, theta and delta brain waves one starts create a new spiritual garden within.

When you start awakening to the realization that you are so much more than just your mind and your body, the frequency/vibrations of your energy begins to rise and expand. You may even feel the force of the soul energy that lives inside of you radiating out of your being. In fact, the stronger you can connect with your soul energy, the higher your consciousness or awareness is going to expand.

Supreme Being. The aim of meditation is to invoke the ability to contemplate about the basic nature of the Soul. Meditation seeks to arouse us from our deep slumber and awaken us to our real selves.

The brain is a storage, retrieval and information processing, mechanism, a tuner and amplifier. The information used comes from the interference patterns of vibrations picked up by the sense organs. Within the parameter formed by the speed of light the world picture is built up. But there is an organ with-in each of us which is capable of picking up vibrations faster than the speed of light. Such an organ is probably what is re-ferred to as the soul. In meditation we may tune into these vi-brations. We focus them into the brain (cf. a dish aerial) where they enhance the information from other sources being stored and processed there. Because these higher vibrations are more powerful they can override the other vibrations and entrain-ment can take place to restore more harmonious patterns (eg. healing). Because the higher vibrations do not come through the sense organs they may seem intangible—an empty silence. But it is a void which is VIBRANT with the higher life force—love.

We live in a world of vibrations out of which we form pat-terns of illusory appearances, which we assume to be real. After much disillusionment and searching we discover the nothing-ness, the emptiness of the world picture, including the little body/ego/personality. We then start looking for the reality and discover it to be within ourselves as our TRUE IDENTITY. This realization becomes our firm foundation, our high tower, and we can then watch the waves of illusion break around us without flinching.

This work requires a paradigm shift because normally when we look at ourselves and at each other we see only CONCEPTS, thought forms which we build out of conditioned memories -vibration patterns. Now we must see through them to the underlying REALITY.

The ego has become God of this world and don´t know anything greater that itself and the ego deny the true inner being and higher spiritual knowledge. Ego is in power and control by using fear programming or fear conditiong, and negative programming is also a strategy the ego using to prevent any changes to progress. The ego creates endless of ego concepts that controls the human mind within the matrix or the mind prison. The ego is the finite and the real higher self is the infinite of you. This process of controlling humankind within the matrix has going for thosuends of years, generation after generation.

How to change from finite vibrations to infinite vibrations, How to switch from ego concept to to greater divine consciousness, How to change brain frequency from Beta state to to alpha, theta and delta, How to exit the matrix, FAITH is the starting point of all accumulation of riches! FAITH is the only known antidote to FAILURE! FAITH is the element, the ‘chemical’ which, when mixed with prayer, gives one direct communication with Infinite Intelligence. FAITH is the element that transforms the ordinary vibration of thought, created by the finite mind of man, into the spiritual equivalent. Apply your heart to instruction, and your ears to the words of knowledge’ (Prov. 23:12).

Apply your heart to instruction, and your ears to the words of knowledge’ (Prov. 23:12). The heart chakra is the gateway between the higher and lower body. It is here we must center, as here all is One. The light from the stars shine with their glow ‘There is no limit.’ The stars shine and stream in some of the fastest and purest frequencies, giving order to creation. All light and matter is interconnected through the matrix of oneness, centralized by zero-point infinite energy.

We can look at the interrelationships between our breath, thoughts, and feelings, and our level of energy, its expansion and contraction. We can become masters of our energy. We can focus it in certain parts of the body, the chakras, the subtle bodies, spreading energy from the heart and the brain and between the two. Everything is energy; consciousness is energy. The more we practice using it and mastering it, the more we evolve as energy and consciousness. Enlightenment and ascension. Enlightenment is of consciousness, while ascension is of matter. We raise our vibration and remove the layers covering our light through our sadhana and devotion. Our consciousness expands, and we reach a higher level of purer consciousness. When we raise the vibration of our matter, of our brains, organs, glands, cells, molecules and atoms, and DNA and RNA, we are doing the work of ascension.

Once the lower states of consciousness are transcended and the shift is made from a linear mode of thinking to a nonlinear one, the higher states of consciousness known as love, joy, happiness, peace, and harmony can be experienced with one’s entire being, seemingly constantly. This shift is monumental in many ways, and the benefits of finally shifting from a life where the ego is dominant over the self, to one where the ego’s influence is minimized by way of embracing and experiencing unity, are massive.

⦁ Greater Brain hypothesis: In expanded states of consciousness it is the larger world that is doing the thinking.
⦁ Small ego-brain is the brain inside the head. The greater brain is the brain that includes the world.

When you reach your personal garden of truth, you will be ready to take the final steps toward gaining an ability to create your future reality. The first of these final steps is to add three new vibrations to your core being. These are alpha, theta and delta brain waves or vibrations.

The first three suggested enhancements is to raise your inner vibration by adding an abiding belief that you possess the ability to influence the future course of your life. When you attain enlightenment and add this affirmation to your core being, you will have evolved your essence to another level.

By first reaching into your right cerebrum to [re]discover your inner self and then by raising the vibratory essence of your core to a level that knows for certain that you possess the power to influence the future, you will have raised yourself to a transcendent stage which becomes your new level of enlightened self. It is from this platform that you are empowered to will your future. When you in-ternally focus on what you want to become, you will be on your jour-ney of becoming. By establishing your internal goal, you will provide your subconscious with an image of your desired future. Keep always in mind that (as is everything in the universe) your future desire is comprised of vibration. Frequent practice of being this vibration will inevitably attract you to your goals via the proven phenomenon of entrainment.

A faster spiritual vibration strengthens any psychic abilities or inner gifts that you have. This means that your ability to see in Spirit improves. Your ability to hear Spirit gets stronger. Your ability to pick up feelings and emotions from others intensifies. Any healing ability becomes more apparent. Any abilities you have get stronger and improve.

We all have a spiritual body (aura) as well as a physical body. The spiritual body is made up of energy and this energy vibrates at a certain rate. The faster your spiritual body vibrates, the “lighter” it becomes.

One just needs to start adjusting the word patterns in the thoughts which will in turn begin to change the vibration that surrounds each and every one of us, as we are a conductor and a receiver of vibration. The vibrations holds messages or signals that we process and an outcome follows and it’s that vibration that gives us a high or low feeling, a feeling of happiness or sadness, of jubilation or sorrow. We allow outside circumstances to affect our inner world which destabilizes our vibration patterns. So if we become aware of these conditions, we can change the outcome of our lives for the better, and to suit ourselves.

Alchemy is the transmutation of base metals into gold. Inner alchemy is the journey through the CHAKRA’s (energy bodies), from the base chakra – earth body to the crown chakra. At the end of a rainbow you will find a pot of gold. You will find this gold which is the halo, or mouth piece to the Great Spirit when you learn the lessons of each ” vibration or body”.

You need to ascend up from the red root earth body, through to the orange emotional body, through the yellow fire or spirit body, though the green wind intellectual body, though the blue communication body, though indigo vision body, though violet the crowning glory body learning the lessons that each bring, transmuting the dense energy into higher energy. This process must be done by been constantly aware of your thoughts, actions and deeds. There are no short cuts.

You turn base metals into gold by using the elements which we are made from which are earth, water, fire, wind. By working with these elements you create the golden halo around your head which is the “pot of gold at the end of the rainbow”. En- Lighten-Ment. Each element and chakric body resonates at a different vibration, and brings its own set of challengers and lessons and only when you have mastered each body, can you successfully move up to the next body, layer or level. Your whole world is what is going on inside of yourself, as this reflects outwards in your outer world. So if you keep looking outside yourself to make you happy, you will always be hollow and unhappy. But when you start to look inside yourself for contentment and blessings, you will find what you are looking for, and your turbulence water/emotions will become still. Don’t allow outside influences to get the better of you.

Awareness and imagination are two great tools we have at our disposal, so start to notice what is going on inside, and outside of yourself by using these great tools.. Release your suffering by becoming aware of your every thought, your words you speak and the actions you perform, and take yourself into your Divine kingdom.

When we commit ourselves to pray or meditate on a regular basis for just ten minutes a day, we will soon increase our vibrations.

This oneness with the God Force will open the link between our higher selves and us when we (our bodies) vibrate at a much higher and stronger vibration. The increased vibrations will cause the crown chakra on top of our heads to open. Linked to and surrounding the crown chakra is the thousand-petal lotus flower.

In the beginning, as the vibrations increases slowly, the stronger flow will allow more light and power and the like to be siphoned, from the soul into us, through our open crown chakra.

Regular meditation and prayer will help to open this chakra much quicker, and it will also stay open for a longer period. The light and power, together with God’s love and blessings, will then flow quicker and more strongly down to us.

The increased power will keep the links between our soul and us open, and the connection between the spirit world and us would be much quicker and smoother.

The yogi who is aware of this process and his inherent identity with the Deity transforms his ignorance into consciousness.

The yogi who persists in the practice of his awareness of the intuitive perceptive nature of consciousness acquires all the powers that come from the practice of Yoga. Thus he can perceive far distant objects or whatever else comes to his mind.

The yogic powers which come from the development of the awareness of the pulse of consciousness by merging one’s own limited consciousness with the energy of the universal consciousness of one’s own nature. When this happens the energies which fetter the unawakened, dulling their consciousness and sustaining their ignorance, reverse their functions and give the yogi these powers.

The vital energy experienced as the eternal omnipresent bliss of the timeless, spaceless consciousness, which is at once Sankara and one’s own true nature, becomes clearly manifest to this yogi when he forcefully directs his attention, through intense contemplative absorption, to its inherent identity with his innermost being by laying hold of his finite, conditioned subjectivity and merging it with this, his true nature. He can then find hidden treasures and accomplish other such feats by means of the enhanced sensory faculties the body possesses if he chooses to maintain the conceived (kalpita) subjectivity which operates at the physical and mental level, while drawing from the vital energy of the pulse of consciousness

It seems that it is this vitality which enlivens the body, rather than the universal consciousness which sustains and does all things. The Fourth state beyond them is one in which this situation is reversed and hence corrected. In this state, it is the self-awareness of the true agent and hence of one’s own essentially blissful nature which feeds the body and mind directly, strengthening it to perform the tasks set for it. The yogi who is inspired by the recognition of the universal agency of consciousness now has the power which is technically called ‘the conjunction of the elements’ through which he can promote the growth and development of his own mind and body, as well as that of others. In other words he becomes a healer and works zealously for the benefit of the world, drawing his inspiration from the divine consciousness which shines within him.

You cannot change Consciousness. Consciousness is the all Infinite all, and changes not. Not ever. You are this One Consciousness that believes. In changing beliefs, you are only perpetuating the system of What to believe. Removing one belief to replace it with another more favorable belief is only substituting one limitation for another limitation. Believing is Consciousness; it cannot be changed. When you embrace and give attention to You—the Believer, the one attention, as all life and only power, it changes your entire experience. This is the action and power of Consciousness.

The one Consciousness of all you really are. A belief is not Consciousness. The Believer is Consciousness. The Idea is Consciousness. The Idea, Consciousness, and the Believer are all that are real. The belief is the shadow, a vibratory reflection of the Infinite Idea. A belief is no more real than a shadow. It is only a description of the Believer, the Infinite Idea.

You are infinitely the one and only power and life. Being in the illusion that your power is in What you believe is also being convinced that you are finite, believing there is a power outside of who you really are.

Here is three example how finite belief systems creates limitations and restrictions in the human mind;

The Earthly Life Mind is immersed in the maya-hypnotized existence, remains in ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The maya-hypnotized ego creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first distortion-error that man has made is believing that power is outside him, the second distortion-error is made through believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-distortion of man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there.

These are the three symptoms that indicate that you are held in the belief of What you believe as being the power of any cause. This means that you are also convinced in the illusion of belief as a way to control and create a desired effect. No beliefs are real or have any power. All that is real about any belief is the power of your essence, You-the Believer, believing in them.

It is always only your power. Through the power of your own infinite essence you can be trapped in believing that your essence, here and now is of time and space, leading to a belief that you are finite and limited. These indicators cycle over and over that What you believe is not only the power but also your power. In doing so, you hide your attention of real essence and infinite power deeper and deeper. You hide you, Infinite Consciousness, the One and only Believer from You. Your natural and only state of reality and being is infinite. To focus on and give attention to a finite singularity is to limit your experience of who you really are. Stripping yourself from your natural infinite reality and state of being is an experience of limiting your joy.

Reasoning is an illusion of power. Reasoning is the counterfeit replacement of power masquerading as the real knower, You-the One Believer. Reasoning is when You-the Believer believes in the illusion of things. Reasoning is believed to be the human mind but it is really You- the Believer believing unconditionally. Really understand that You-the Believer are not limited to What you believe and there are no conditions under which you must believe anything, none. You-the Infinite unlimited Believer believing only appear as reasoning and the illusion of the human mind.

⦁ Reason only resides in and is born from limited finite dualistic belief and appears as the thinking human mind.
⦁ Reasoning is a believed power intricately involved with the belief in choice and an action of doing as the power. This power is the illusion of control.

The soul is inside the body. It is the light of the soul that has to come to the fore and illumine our obscure, unlit, undivine consciousness. Once our outer consciousness is illumined, then only there is no difference between the inner and the outer. Now there is a yawning gulf between our inner realisation and illumination and our outer manifestation. Unless and until the inner realisation and the outer life’s manifestation go together, we remain incomplete. So let us take the body as the field of manifestation and the soul as the realisation. First we have to realise; then we have to manifest. If we have not realised the Truth, what will there be to manifest? And again, if we have realised something and we cannot manifest it, the Truth is incomplete.

Each seeker, each aspirant, already knows that there are two types of consciousness: finite and infinite. Right now the body possesses, or you can say represents, the finite consciousness. And the inner Divinity, or shall we say the soul, represents the infinite Consciousness.

Humans has been teached to believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. This is a limitation concept of the mind created by the ego and the consequense is; man cannot progress beyond the ego-mind. Mind-Consciousness is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there.

The perception and control of changes in states of consciousness, we can change our vibration into any quality by the quality of thought, our body expresses the quality of a vibration, the higher quality of thought produces the higher vibration, when we vibrate, we vibrate through our general concept, therefore the result cannot be greater than our concept. By reaching up for the greater consciousness we gradually come to realize it. The concept, that on the background of one Great Consciousness we live, move, and have our being, is one of the grandest concepts in this world. When our Ideal inspires our action we act as divine beings.

Intuition is a push and a pull. It is an inner push and an outer pull. The push comes from our aspiration. The pull comes from God’s Illumination. When God invites an aspirant to dine with Him, it is the aspirant’s intuition that immediately accepts the invitation. The mind is fond of investigation and invention. The heart is fond of aspiration and unification. Intuition is fond of illumination and supramentalisation. Intuition tells us in a flash what God looks like. Realisation in a twinkling tells us who God is. Intuition, like an arrow, flies towards the Goal. Realisation, like an expert dancer, eternally dances in the heart of the Goal. Intuition is the creation above the mind. Intuition is the freedom beyond the mind. Intuition is the evolution of consciousness-light outside the boundaries of the physical mind. Again, there is an infinitely inferior form of intuition in the body, the vital, the mind and the heart.

The intuition in the body is practically blind. In the vital, it is powerfully obscure; in the mind, surprisingly uncertain; in the heart, deplorably helpless. The difference between intuition and will-power is this: intuition sees the Truth; will-power wants to become the Truth. Intuition has the ability to shorten the road that leads to the highest Illumination. Will-power has the ability to bathe in the sea of Illumination. Imagination is not intuition. Inspiration is not intuition. Aspiration is not intuition. But when intuition presents imagination with the Truth, imagination successfully expands the Truth. When intuition presents inspiration with the Truth, inspiration soulfully embraces the Truth. When intuition presents aspiration xith the Truth, aspiration devotedly devours the Truth.

Intuition is the golden link between Vision and Reality. Vision needs intuition to carry its all-transforming message to humanity. Reality needs intuition to carry its all-surrendering message to Divinity.

The ego using fear and prevents spiritual progress as intuition to develop. The ego has become the “God” of the collective awareness among energy systems within the mass of collective energy. Fear does not blocks or hindering the real self to progress, but is also hindering visions and this prevents all higher self divine realizations. It hindering humans from get access to higher levels of information within the higher levels of consciousness. The God of the three dimensional world don´t want others to have access to divine powers outside the three dimensional world of concepts of duality. The concxept of duality is what makes human beleiving the powers is outside him and noy within him, and through this he is been controlled and conditioned by fear and programming.

When fear blocks the ability of visions, it prevents us from seeing reality as it is. and make true learning, or real change. It blocks and creates major restrictions to knowing the real Higher Self and creates an illusions one is living in a comfort zone, and when one start to leaving the comfort zone the ego reacts with negativity, fear, stress, anxiety or panic, and if one continues to progress against these emotions and thoughts, then the mass consciousness will start organized gang stalking actions (spiritual and psychological warfare to prevent one from make any changes and leaving the matrix).

When fear blocks visions, it blocks us from seeing reality as it is, and this blocks new input of information and can´t access higher knowledge within new dna strands, and when this input of new information is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when the learning process is blocked, then the ability to change is blocked, and when the ability of changed is blocked humankind is imprisoned in the looping matrix of old concepts of duality. Freedom is the ability evolving and freedom is the ability to be able to change. And this controls the 2 dna strands from progressing.

Fear not just blocks the flow of energy, visions, it blocks the pathways and it blocks the source of information. Fear makes the alpha bridge to dissapear, and the alpha bridge carries the codes that the theta divine brain waves need to start healing the old evolutionary brain. When the alpha bridge is re-builded one get access to divine theta information of bliss, and through this new information; humankind can reprogram the whole brain and evolving new spiritual gifts.

When fear blocks visions its blocks the third eye of intuition. The power of intuition dissolves ego and duality. Insights and visions reveals the path to salvation and fear hindering this process and the archons prevent the soul from ascending and obstructing the pathway to higher consciousness, and therefore using all forms of negative, fear mongering, stress inducing, senstizing methods create harm by using harmful covert and overt methods of spiritual and psychological warfare (organized gang stalking).

Energy is information, and information is history. Its like the key and lock together. Ancient text then reveals there is three knots of ignorance and these blocks the natural flow of energy in the human body-system, and then energy is information, and information is the “history” humankind is trapped in and living in the state of ignorance or the slumbring state.

Faith is the simple, direct, effective and complete form of reality. Doubt is the complex, indirect, ineffective and incomplete form of reality. Faith is God-comprehension. Faith is God-description. Doubt is Truth-detention. Doubt is life-suffocation.

⦁ Reality’s unity is God’s Existence.
⦁ Reality’s multiplicity is God’s Experience.
⦁ Reality’s singularity is God the Eternal Lover.
⦁ Reality’s plurality is God the Eternal Love.
⦁ Reality’s Time-age is Eternity.
⦁ Reality’s Experience-age is Infinity.
⦁ Reality’s Realisation-age is Immortality.

The perception and control of changes in states of consciousness, we can change our vibration into any quality by the quality of thought, our body expresses the quality of a vibration, the higher quality of thought produces the higher vibration, when we vibrate, we vibrate through our general concept, therefore the result cannot be greater than our concept. By reaching up for the greater consciousness we gradually come to realize it. The concept, that on the background of one Great Consciousness we live, move, and have our being, is one of the grandest concepts in this world. When our Ideal inspires our action we act as divine beings.

The perception and control of changes in states of consciousness, whether for purposes of magical development or of life generally, is supremely important. It is now widely recognized that our state of consciousness, and in consequence the accessibility and direction of our entire mental and emotional potential—thus to a great extent our physical potential also.

In the glyph of the Tree of Life, each Sephirah represents one of the archetypal spiritual states, existent not only cosmically but in the depths of each person’s own being: each Path with its attributed influence represents the changes of consciousness by which a specific one of those states can be attained from one or other of the Sephiroth which are placed lower on the Tree of Life. Knowledge and practice in achieving these controlled changes is thus a most potent means of spiritual progess, of inner initiation, and of establishing an effective relationship with the deeper levels of one’s own psyche.

Here is a technique which involves not only the conscious personality, but the physical neural circuitry itself (as the “adventure” situations of the Path narratives are designed to do), and which reaches down to the deep and unconscious levels of the psyche. In this way unaccustomed or unpracticed areas of the psyche and of the neural circuitry are activated, not in any haphazard manner but according to the system of a venerable and tried tradition.

In Pathworkings properly performed, the patterns of inner activity here encountered will re-link whatever may need adjustment, through the conscious and unconscious functions of the psyche itself, to the veritable archetypes whose powers directly and indirectly set the norms of action and aspiration for the psyche. There is no conflict here between the potential of low-level and of high-level adjustment, since we are dealing with an initiatory system based on the primal structure of the psyche itself and designed for the coordination and integration of the entire psycho-physical person with all functions in their right hierarchy and balance.

In every person, the qualities which are essential for the development of magical powers and the acceleration of spiritual evolution are innate: yet even people who recognize these potentials within themselves and aspire to realize them, still need effective means of progess. One requirement is a form of training which will enable the aspirant to recognize, to select, and to direct the will effectively to life’s underlying archetypal realities. The tangled network of thoughts, feelings and sensations which fills day-to-day life constitutes a problem, since in its meshes attention, energy and resolve are scattered and dispersed. For dealing with this problem, one of the methods which has been recognized through the ages is an ascetic program of simplifying the aspirant’s experience of life, and at the same time continually analyzing every inner response to the remaining stimuli ruthlessly into its archetypal components.

The archetypes with which we are here concerned are by no means all the possible archetypes which may subsist either in the collective Unconscious or in the Divine Mind. For millennia it has been recog-nized that there are an essential seven to which all that pertains to magi-cal or mystical power, indeed all that pertains to human life. may be aggregated; adding to these another three, we have all that pertains to the universe both outer and inner, both cosmic and microcosmic, as seen by humankind. For, both physically and metaphysically, we can perceive only those phenomena which we have faculties to perceive.

Though this be a truism, it is well worth stating because it simplifies at one stroke the task of explaining man’s direct relationship with, and correspondence to, his universe. These ten archetypal sources of power correspond to the ten Sephi-roth, the “spheres” of the Tree of Life. To apprehend any of them directly in its spiritual reality is a work of consummate adepthood: to apprehend the highest of them directly is to pass beyond the lower worlds of existence into the realm of that pure being which is a continual becoming. Happily, however, there is another way of proceeding, and it is the way which magical and mystical practices have ever followed.

Each of the Sephiroth has its counterpart within each one of us: and that counterpart is also a focal point for the power of the Sephirah in question, just as that very point on a mirror which reflects the light of the sun or of a powerful lamp will project its heat also. We can, therefore, work with these coutnerparts within ourselves—and for greatest effectiveness this working involves the body as well as the psyche—so as to come at the veritable powers of the sephirothic archetypes.

Each of the seven chakras has its external counterpart in one of the major glands of the body.

Chakras has to do with vibrations and vibrations is differnt levels of consciousness. The lower the vibrational frequency is the lower the awareness is, and the higher the vibrations is the higher the awareness is.

In these present days we often hear people speak of vibrations. Very few people have the right concept of it. What we call mental vibrations are nothing but our mental concepts or consciousness.

We can change our vibration into any quality by the quality of thought. They say every molecule of our body vibrates with our inner vibration or consciousness. Our body expresses the quality of a vibration. If our body is weak we can make it strong by setting up a vibration of strength. It is very hard for us to set up a vibration which opposes the one we already have in us. It generally creates a conflict in our mind, which is anything but conducive of the best result. The best method we know to change the vibration is to put our whole being in the divine furnace of power. That is to say, hold the thought that your body and mind belong to the Great Power. When we vibrate, we vibrate through our general concept. Therefore the result cannot be greater than our concept. Whenever any part of our body is afflicted we can make it right by giving that part of the body to the great Power of health.

The moment we realize the Great Health is manifest ing through us we are cured. Some people may pray to God to heal them. If they get well at all, it is because of their faith in the healing power of God. Here also we find the in-fluence of the quality of concept. When a person realizes or knows that God, All-Health, is manifesting through him he gets well. By holding before him that Ideal he sets up a vibration within him which produces a corresponding vibration in his body, and specially in the afflicted part. The higher quality of thought produces the higher vibration.

Since we are consciousness, we have reason to believe that we have come from a consciousness. By reaching up for the greater consciousness we gradually come to realize it. The concept, that on the background of one Great Consciousness we live, move, and have our being, is one of the grandest concepts in this world. When our Ideal inspires our action we act as divine beings. The human side of our nature is transmuted by divine concept. As long as we stand apart from the Great Cosmic Consciousness we feel the necessity for unity.

If we can stir up one’s very soul by an ideal concept, or bring about gradual change in him by changing his concept we can effect a cure, no matter what is his ailment. Sudden spiritual inspira-tion is able to cure more ailments than all the known methods. No cure is so permanent as the cure effected by the spiritual uplift, because it changes a person’s entire nature and makes a new being of him. When a person becomes new, his old condition is cast off as it were. The simple trust in the higher power elevates our concept and makes us a new being. The more we think of the higher power, the more we receive that power. The quality of thought always affects us and our na-ture is transformed by it. If we want to be Godly we must think of God, and try to see Him in everything and every ac-tion. Nothing gives us such a sense of peace and security as the thought, that everything is the gift of the Almighty and every action is His will. Even in so-called misfortune, if we try to see the hand of God we can have peace and consolation. Not only that, we rise from the creation of man to that of God. We make a thing spiritual by giving it a spiritual concept. In this sense we change a thing in its significance. A changed thing has a changed effect on us. We ought to think that any gift of Spirit cannot be anything but spiritual. Hence all that we see is spiritual. When we use the word spirit we do not mean anything opposite to matter. We simply mean a condi-tion beyond the range of limitation. It also indicates the higher power and wisdom. We ought not to forget that our thought makes a thing spiritual or material.

As a the physical/visible man changes his expression with the coming of new life into him, so the visible thing when it pulsates with new life changes its expression. The new life in a thing means our new understanding of its existence. Our consciousness makes a thing new or old to us. It gives us new power and strength to combat with the circumstances which are our own creation. The difference between any two persons is their consciousness. Our struggle here is to attain to the higher and higher consciousness. It is that consciousness that the world is seeking.

When we see a man is trying to master his situation we know that he is trying to be more conscious of his own power. Any effort to cope with conditions and things is an effort to come into more consciousness of power. The Supreme Consciousness is our goal. Little by little, step by step we are constantly moving towards that goal. When we realize that a consciousness is reached by the consciousness, we learn the secret of attaining power. We always reach our Ideal Consciousness by being conscious of its presence within us.

When a consciousness communes with a consciousness higher than itself, it evolves into it. Then the ego has become God of this world the human mind is weaved into a collective hive mind and concepts of duality, and it become difficult for humans to spiritual progress out of this ego-body-identity world/reality and switch perception to the real divine higher self. As a result of this the collective ego has developed organized gang stalking, organized bullying and organized sound/noise harassment. When one starts changing the base programming of the pre-programmed human mind and raising the own inner frequency and vibrations, the organized gang stalkers creates a fear mongering enviroment, inducing a constant stressful reality, triggering and provoking the ego in change to act on these actions, and constant sensitizing the mind and constant creates sound/noise harassment interference, and using all forms of street theater and psychological communication street theater to affect the mind back to a suppressed state of negativity, fear, stress, anxiety, worries, panic, phobias, paranoia, and horror and terror of the mind.

In this relative plane duality of concept is the natural logical consequence. Here in this plane we live the life of limited concept. In this plane we stand aloof from the rest of the creation. In this limited concept or ‘consciousness we struggle to meet conditions, which are our own creation and which otherwise do not exist. Logically we know that all consciousness is within us, or that we are that consciousness. But we have not the realization. The problem we face here is how we can come into the realization of our Divine Oneness. As our life is a concept, so is our Divine Consciousness. By changing our smaller ego concept for the greater concept we become the greater divine concept.

If we do not doubt our existence, which is our concept, then there is no reason to doubt the existence of our Ideal. Then whatever attribute we give to our highest Ideal does not change its nature if it is ever existant. The attributes change us according to our better and greater concept of life, if we let them change us.

The only secret of changing ourselves into our ideal quality is to let it manifest through us. First have the clear picture of its attributes, then always feel that it is an acting and moving power in you, then submit your-self to the absolute guidance of it. When a man can have that trust and repose which adds courage to his conviction, he soon comes to live the life of his Ideal. This life is a great mystery, yet this mystery is so easily unveiled by the magic touch of knowledge.

The Earthly Life Mind is immersed in the maya-hypnotized existence, remains in ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The maya-hypnotized ego creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first distortion-error that man has made is believing that power is outside him, the second distortion-error is made through believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-distortion of man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. The human body system and chakra system has “three knots”. These knots are found within the energetic interior of our psychic system. They are problematic because they bind us in a state of ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up our wisdom. These mind-errors is the mind-illusions that distorts reality. Another term for illusions is “maya” and the “dream state” of the mind is the maya-hypnotized mind.

Every thought or concept becomes a living force, according to the attributes we give it. In this relative plane we cannot conceive of any other life, except that which we become conscious of. We. cannot recognize life in any thing, without being conscious of it. To be conscious of life in any thing we first attribute the qualities of life to it.

The Earthly life is been conditioned by the concept of duality, fear of death, veil of ignorance, illusions and maya, negative fear programming, believing the forces is outside him and not within, believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. seeing the world through the smaller lens of the ego concept and not the lens of the divine soul, and identifying himself with the ego-body-identity and not the divine higher self as the real self. And Earth is actually been controlled by the archons and they keeping humand trapped in the lower mind/ego of the matrix and has imprisoned humankind in the low vibrational frequency world, and human id conditioned to just work on one vibrations and that is the beta brain waves.

Humankind is conditioned into concepts of the finite mind and not the infinite divine higher self.

Have Faith in yourself; Faith in the Infinite.

⦁ FAITH is the ‘eternal elixir’ which gives life, power and action to the impulse of thought!
⦁ The foregoing sentence is worth reading a second time, and a third, and a fourth. It is worth reading aloud!
⦁ FAITH is the starting point of all accumulation of riches!
⦁ FAITH is the basis of all ‘miracles’ and mysteries that cannot be analysed by the rules of science!
⦁ FAITH is the only known antidote to FAILURE!
⦁ FAITH is the element, the ‘chemical’ which, when mixed with prayer, gives one direct communication with Infinite Intelligence.
⦁ FAITH is the only agency through which the cosmic force of Infinite Intelligence can be harnessed and used.

FAITH is the element that transforms the ordinary vibration of thought, created by the finite mind of man, into the spiritual equivalent.

Develop your own inner powers by consciously “tuning in” your finite vibrations to the One Infinite Mind. The human mind is learned to tuning in the finite minds perception and the higher self tuning into the divine consciousness. The ego and finite represents the low vibrational state of the mind, and the real divine consciousness high vibrational frequencies.

“We have the possibility of perceiving a multitude of vibrations. There are, on the other hand, others which are beyond reach. By training our consciousness, we can expand and complete the field of our perceptions. Through yoga amd meditation one is reaching and strecthing out to higher levels of consciousness.

The supermind will be the formed body of that radiant effulgence. Supermanhood is not man climbed to his own natural zenith, not a superior degree of human greatness, knowledge, power, intelligence, will, character, genius, dynamic force, saintliness, love, purity or perfection. Supermind is something beyond mental man and his limits; it is a greater consciousness than the highest consciousness proper to human nature.

The Superman is one whose centre of gravity is shifted from the domain of Ignorance to the domain of Truth. He is in possession of a divine Principle— the Supermind – that is illumined by the Supermind which is a pure principle of integral Truth-vision and sovereign Truth-effectuation. The brain is as much a product of the mind as the chromosomes are a product of forces about whose nature we know as little as what we call gravitation, light or consciousness.

It is through meditation that we create the threads and cables that connect the three aspects of the mind. In the same way that our homes are wired for phone and internet reception, these threads function as communication lines that allow us to receive information from the higher planes. Over time, as we project our attention upward, these threads and cables fuse and widen as a symbolic bridge between the physical and spiritual worlds is built. This bridge is built in two pieces. The lower span links the lower mind and the soul. When we build this bridge, we create a direct channel for the downpouring of information from the soul to the brain, where it is interpreted and used. This experience has produced many of our greatest achievements in religion, the arts, and business. At a later stage in our spiritual development, the higher span—the one between the soul and the higher mind—is built. It is where neural connections are activated to the extent of creating new neural pathways or dendritic synapses, between them, breaking the barrier of lack of corpus callosum energy.

The evolution of conscious mind to superconscious state of mind results in the perception becoming finer and finer. At the superconscious state of mind, the sense-perception is totally absent, it is tuned to receive the intuition. From a evolutionary perspective there is a huge potential latent in the part of the brain called the frontal cortex.

Current research has revealed a guide spot, a miracle mind, situated primarily in the frontal lobes of the human brain. When we consciously connect to this spot, also known as the God spot, we have access to the infinite potential, or power on hold of the universe. With the necessary understanding, skills, and tools we can tap into and utilise our universal intelligence, guidance, and wisdom.

Through the connection to deeper brain regions, through new connections to unused brain parts and through connection to new dimensions of life and universe and through connections to new levels of consciousness we have access to intuition, insight, inspiration, revelation and the innate wisdom of the ages. This changes the way how the brain operates.

The whole brain is greater than the sum of its parts, and the brain is a constantly interacting system within itself. The whole brain is greater than the sum of its parts, where the whole is the internal and infinite world and the parts is the finite and external world.

This work of new connections building new parthways, it´s healing the evolutionary brain, unite opposite energies to oneness, breaking up the design or concept of duality (parts) and rearrange its parts into wholeness, and through synthesis it expand the limit consciousness to unlimited cosmic consciousness, and through this process more and more new dna strands is been activated from the slumbering state of consciousness.

Superconsciousness is a phenomenon that happens in the frontal lobe when the number of integrating energy fractals moves beyond a certain limit.

Several Indian masters have claimed that the frontal cortex in most humans is in a sleeping state and needs more energy to awaken.

Through the evolutionary history we were isolated in one dimension of our total world, the rest of us cut adrift in the void. Our self-conscious being could only use the five physical senses and ten percent of our brain.

To re-boot our computer and activate our systems, we need to re-connect our bodies and our brains, to re-open the vortices throughout our Tree of Life, our brain and our body, to unite our head and our heart. Then once again we can resonate with all energetic beings floating in our electro-magnetic field, around our ‘self’, the Sun of our ‘soul’, without fear.

We have to learn how to manage the positive and negative qualities of these energies, which all manifest through us at a physical level and we have to learn how to manage them in a non-fearful and compassionate way enabling them to express the light essence of their being through us.

Becoming aware one enables us to re-activate new dna strands and understand our physical two-strand DNA personality and the ten strand ‘junk DNA’ where we find the non-physical, archetypal, sub-personalities of our psyche.

Interpreting our birth chart, we have the tool to not only knowing who we are and why we’re here, but also the means to understand the energies within our psyche that frighten us. This knowledge enables us to heal, reconcile and re-unite our ‘self’ and ‘soul’ and slowly learn how to use much larger part of our brain.

When the ego fragments reality it creates sepration between the lower and higher and then feeding the concept of duality, and the concept of duality is held in place through fear programming, and when reality becomes distorted or the mind split into our subconscious and super-consciousness the vibrations slows down, and the consequence is man cannot access higher levels of consciousness.

The magical power of our subconscious mind is the greatest discovery of mankind. It has the power to overcome the constraints of time and space, as such, one´s subconscious mind posses all the information, wisdom and resources you need to know and have for survival and success. One do not need to attain this power by purchasing any equipment, software or perform any rituals. One do not need to learn this skill as it is always within. One just need to learn to unleash and use it effectively. When one know the correct way of doing so, one can benefit from it for the rest of one´s life.

It is important to understand that the comfort zone is like a magnet … a gravitational force that doesn’t allow one to stray far away from one´s comfort zone without conscious and powerful effort. Like the rocket that needs a sustained powerful force to blast through the earth’s gravitational pull, a person must forcefully push against his or her usual thoughts and behavior and sustain that effort to break through his or her personal gravitational pull. But … AND HERE IS THE KEY … every person must do his or her own “pushing” to sustain achievements. The customized personal strategic plan is the blueprint for exactly how, given their personal strengths and weaknesses, a specific individual can break through their personal gravitational pull and make needed changes. The bottom line is that conscious and unconscious efforts to resist change will undermine and sabotage the greatest of plans

The remainder of our consciousness split into our subconscious and super-consciousness. Our brain function also split into two parts, losing its connection through the tunnel found within the corpus callosum to the Pineal Gland, our third eye, which enables us to see our ‘soul’ members and the unseen worlds. The vortex within our Tree of Life stopped moving.

Fear is used to keep their world in the split state of duality and in the the “dreamworld”

Duality cannot, and does not exist in the higher dimensional states of consciousness; therefore, it is impossible for the Ego to survive within the higher realities.

Mental stimulation causes vibration, and Theta is the perfect, natural healing stimulator-vibration. It’s what leads to total brain harmonisation, for you need use of all the brain speeds. Theta uses Alpha as the bridge between Beta analytical left brain, and the higher self right brain — Beta’s faster vibratory speed is not conducive to direct access of Theta-bliss experiencing, and this most untapped natural dimension just needs to be activated to become established in consciousness. Once practice commences the metamorphosis into Theta also commences.

The influence of Beta only begins to lift— total dominance of left brain ceases and enlightenment, or expansion of conscious mind, begins. It soon becomes apparent that the non-direct experiencing of Theta’s healing nature in the mind and body — in conjunction with sufficient production of SOD as mentioned earlier—is the major contributing factor with regard to disease, ill-health and dysfunctional personality.

A clash of lower self functioning versus your soul’s desire for evolution — the intentions of the higher self Theta versus lower self ignorance, kept active through “Beta knowing” only. Remember, egotism is false, soul knowing is authentic. With direct knowing intuitive life commences. A lifestyle which expresses congruently with the Universal Mind, with evolution, with the spiritual principles of soul, unity awareness and healing; these are your soul’s nobler intentions.

Humans are trapped in a cycle of illusion, and their ignorance of this cycle keeps them locked in it, fully dependent upon their own interactions with the programs, the illusions of sensory experience which these provide, and the sensory projections of others. These projections are strengthened by humans’ enormous desire to believe that what they perceive to be real is in fact real.

As your mind proceeds from lowest frequencies of sense perception to the highest frequency of the atma , ego assumes the form of the background screen against which you see the images of the lower frequency patterns . For the physical body mind is the ego.

It’s necessary to move out of day-to-day beta consciousness and into alternative consciousness because it moves beyond polarity of either/or to either/and and links with Source energy where all possibilities exist. Beta state is the state of duality. The left brain hemisphere or the rational brain can´t access the structures of the soul. The ideas and concepts of the left brain is built up around the the three dimensional world of duality and polarity.

Everyday life in the human world can be likened to a polarity game; a pendulum swing between opposites. We only know what is ‘hot’ because we understand what is `cold’; we understand there is ‘darkness’ because we have the experience of ‘light’. Things in the physical world are known by their opposition: forces that are active and passive exert themselves upon human lives. Everything and everybody manifests its own polarity. Spirit and matter are extreme degrees of the same essence. Hermetic teachings state that:

Everything is dual; everything has poles; everything has its pair of opposites; like and unlike are the same; opposites are identical in nature, but different in degree; extremes meet; all truths are but half-truths; all paradoxes may be reconcited.

Polarities trick us into the illusion of taking sides, such as choosing which is the ‘winning’ side and which the ‘losing’. Yet to emotionally feel victorious, or defeated, is an energetic state of our choosing; and one that will demand much from a person. A person pays for taking emotional sides. People spend considerable energies dividing the world into people who are good or evil, rich or poor, intelligent or stupid, important or insignificant.

Often standards of ‘good’ and ‘evil’ depend upon individual or group criteria, usually handed down through social processes, and are not objective fact. And all too often people spend much of their lives categorizing what they ‘like’ and what they ‘dislike’. A person ‘likes these clothes, this style, at this time; then ‘dislikes’ them at a later lime. A person ‘likes’ this person at this time, then ‘dislikes’ them a moment later.

This is an easy trap to fall into, a continuing cycle of likes/dislikes that force a person to make mental and emotional attachments that distract the attention and drain personal energies. Within such polarities a person is forced to make judgments. Sometimes it is better if a person refrains from judging. It is harder to find contentment and happiness within a world of continual judgments. Remember the words of the New Testament: ‘Why do you look at the speck of sawdust in your brother ‘s eye and pay no attention to the plank in your own eye’?” (Matthew 7:3). Too much external distraction takes the attention away from the real source within a person.

And there are forces too in the physical world that deliberately create strongly polarized energies (fear, stress, tension) in order to disrupt the formation of balanced polarities. So we should refrain from too easily jumping into the polarity game: step away and view the processes more objectively. In truth, it is not about our tikes or dislikes. This is an emotional seesaw that sways a person from one encounter to the next. A person who moves between likes and dislikes will find it more difficult to achieve harmony in their life.

Getting tied into polarities, between ‘beliefs and ‘non-beliefs’, is itself a subjective entanglement supplied by the physical world. After all, belief in ‘non-belief ‘ is still a belief.

Polarity then is a way of fixing one’s attention onto extemalities: we are generous or mean; we indulge or deny; we do ‘good’ or ‘bad’. However, it is often the case that by following attachment to a particular polarity a person is in fact indulging more. For example, the urge in some people to do ‘good’ (the ‘do-gooders’) is often a need to feel self-gratification, which is an internal reward. It is a form of greed. Yet greed to be generous is still greed: to indulge in our denial is still indulgence. Often, the ‘desire’ to be this or that is in fact a need to indulge our desires. There is no simple and pure act as long as a person exists through polarity. It is an illusion we rarely see and thus it draws a person in almost completely.

Polarity makes a person see events and challenges as a blessing or a curse. We rarely see them as simply events; moreover, events that we are asked to respond to. Being influenced by the swing of the pendulum that is polarity can create challenges and stress. It can be a struggle to try to find ‘one’s place’ within the contradictory nature of active and passive forces By stepping away a person can practice a form of patience that allows them to have a more objective understanding of events and influences.

We may not be able to escape the effects of polarity completely, yet we can shift ourselves to a more harmonious position. Physical life will ensure that the pendulum will continue to swing; only that with awareness and restraint we may escape being carried along with it: Perhaps it is only by standing back, emotionally, and testing our assumptions that we can become more the masters of ourselves and correspondingly less the slaves of circumstance.

To step away thus involves an awareness of physical and emotional participation within circumstances, events, experiences, and beliefs. Stepping away also involves an inward move (or ‘shift’) for a short time when a person feels it necessary to detach from noisy or distracting situations.

Perception — It’s a Matter of Perspective

The development of human perception is still often regarded as ‘spooky’, or as not a ‘normal’ pursuit, whereas in truth it is very necessary. It is accurate to say that a person has potential beyond their dreams. So much so that dreams sometimes inhibit a person because they cannot perceive deep enough or far enough.

Higher perception is a faculty that when operative is able to distinguish between what is information — the assembly of facts —and what is knowledge. While not everyone has the faculty of higher perception operating within them, many have the capacity to acquire it. There have always been a number of individuals within humanity that have aspired toward acquiring a higher functioning degree of perception. The efforts to achieve this have always been varied and with mixed results. It is therefore important that society, with its numerous forms of conditioning, does not dilute or distract these aims into lesser objectives. The focus and intention must remain resolute and committed. Many ‘metaphysical ways’ are discarded forms of previous teachings aimed at raising human consciousness (like a caterpillar that sheds its chrysalis).

A person must ensure that they do not become distracted by attraction to a nonfunctional and deteriorated system. Perception within a person is that which is able to recognize between information and knowledge: and between secondary (decayed) and primary (genuine) traces of real inner wisdom and insight. Many so-called ‘spiritual teachings have fallen to a lower level than their original functioning. Many now operate through repetition and/or emotional release mechanisms. In such systems there is an absence of real experience; replaced instead by subjective experience that the person takes to be significant, and an indicator of ‘higher knowledge’.

This relates to what was said previously: that ‘False gold only exists because there is such thing as the Real’. It is like arriving in a new country for the first time and finding that all the citizens wear different parts of a computer as fashion accessories — they are trendy; they look good: they are the ‘next best thing’; they imply status. etc — yet no one knows that the parts should be put together, or how, in order to produce a functioning whole: a computer. So too is much spiritual knowledge in this day and age so scattered, misunderstood, and inappropriately used. It is a characteristic of our human conditioning to collect various fragments and to consider this gathering together as a profitable and worthwhile enterprise — like going to a flea market and coming back with a handful of bargains. In the same way, people often feel that by collecting, dabbling, in various metaphysical-spiritual subjects—gathering bits of ‘useful’ information — that they are teaming and developing upon a correct inner path. Yet the haphazard collection of shiny objects will not necessarily produce a functioning system.

And it is highly doubtful that it ever will. This is a matter of perception, which needs to be developed upon. For this reason a degree of personal perception is crucial in recognizing the wheat from the chaff. Perception can be like trying to explain color to a blind person. Our over-reliance upon a stagnant form of intellectualism obstructs the true growth of our finer perceptions.

0 thoughts on “What is expanded consciousness? What is awakening? What is ascension? What is enlightenment? What are the veils of illusion? The Ego bends every effort to quicken vibration. Man’s ego-perception and vision has lately been reduced to a single dimension; he now thinks of his activity as limited to on the surface of the earth. Living in this three-dimensional world, we experience limited understanding and illusionary perceptions of the ego mind. At the fourth chakra, the heart center, one begins the transition from egoistic consciousness to a new mode of being that recognizes and is guided by a far more inclusive center of organization than the ego.”

Leave a Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *